Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Global / Fuller, Smith & Turner

Fuller, Smith & Turner

fsta · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fsta
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Global
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Fuller, Smith & Turner
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Quality, Service and Pride
Every hour, every day

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
Annual Report 2014

F

u

l

l

e

r

S

m

i

t

h

&

T

u

r

n

e

r

P.

L

.

C

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview
2 
3 

Financial Highlights
Chairman’s Statement

Strategic Report
6 
At a Glance
10  Chief Executive’s Review
Financial Review
18 
22 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties
26  Corporate Social Responsibility

Governance
Board of Directors
32 
34  Directors’ Report
37  Directors’ Statement
38  Corporate Governance Report
44  Directors’ Remuneration Report

Independent Auditor’s Report

Financial Statements
62 
66  Group Income Statement
67 

 Group and Company Statements of 
Comprehensive Income

68  Group and Company Balance Sheets
 Group and Company Statements of  
69 
Changes in Equity

70  Group and Company Cash Flow Statements
71  Notes to the Financial Statements

Additional Information
113  Directors and Advisers
114 
115  Glossary
117 

Five Years’ Progress

Shareholder Information

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.
Operating from the historic Griffin Brewery 
site in Chiswick since 1845, Fuller’s is an 
independent family brewer and premium 
pub company with beer brands including the 
award-winning London Pride and ESB.
Fuller’s has an estate of 386 pubs and hotels, 
split between managed and tenanted houses, 
including 168 sited within the M25. 

06.00	Griffin	Brewery
Leaving early
Work	starts	early	at	the	Brewery	with	the	first	drays	being	
loaded	from	5am	each	morning.	Last	year,	the	33	vehicles		
in	our	branded	fleet	covered	over	500,000	miles.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g

i
c
R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
i

a

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

1

Overview	
 
 
Financial Highlights
This year we brewed 209,000 barrels of award-
winning ale at the Griffin Brewery, beside the 
Thames in Chiswick. From here we supply our 
estate, which comprises 180 Managed Pubs and 
Hotels and 206 Tenanted Inns, as well as pubs,  
clubs and supermarkets across the UK and overseas.
Managed Pubs and Hotels like for like sales up  
8.3% and profits up 16%.
Tenanted Inns like for like profits up 2% and average  
EBITDA per pub up 1%.
The Fuller’s Beer Company total sales up 2%  
and total beer and cider volumes up 1%. 

Revenue

£288.0m
+6%

Adjusted profit1, 2

£34.1m
+10%

EBITDA

£54.5m
+6%

2014 

2013 

2012 

£m

288.0

2014 

271.5

2013 

253.0

2012 

£m

34.1

2014 

31.1

2013 

30.0

2012 

Adjusted earnings per share2

Total dividend per share

Pro forma net debt to EBITDA3

46.94p
+11%

15.10p
+10%

2.5 times 

2014 

2013 

2012 

p

46.94

2014 

42.18

2013 

39.47

2012 

p

15.10

2014 

13.70

2013 

12.85

2012 

£m

54.5

51.2

47.8

times

2.5

2.6

2.7

1			Adjusted	profit	before	tax	excluding	exceptionals.	The	Directors	believe	that	this	measure	provides	useful	information	for	shareholders	as	to	the	internal	measures	of	the	performance	of	the	Group.
2			Comparatives	for	2013	and	2012	have	been	restated	for	the	change	in	IAS	19	–	see	note	1	to	the	financial	statements.
3			Pro	forma	net	debt	to	EBITDA	is	adjusted	as	appropriate	for	the	pubs	acquired	or	disposed	in	the	period.

2	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Chairman’s Statement
“We continue to deliver industry leading results 
with like for like sales in our Managed Pubs and 
Hotels rising by 8.3%, led by a superb performance 
in both food sales and accommodation.”

Made of London
Phase	two	of	the	Made of London	campaign	
included	500	poster	sites	around	the	Capital,	
viewed	by	over	eight	million	Londoners.

I am delighted to present a very strong set  
of results for the Group and I would like to 
congratulate all those involved in delivering 
these numbers. Our Managed Pubs and 
Hotels division has had an excellent year  
and across the business we are reaping the 
rewards of some great acquisitions and a 
well-invested estate underpinned by a 
premium brand portfolio, delicious fresh  
food and exceptional people.

Group	revenues	rose	by	6%	to	£288.0	million	(2013:	
£271.5	million),	which	resulted	in	adjusted	profit	
before	tax	(excluding	exceptional	items)	growing	
by	10%	to	£34.1	million	(2013:	£31.1	million 4).	Our	
adjusted	earnings	per	share,	our	favoured	measure	
for	shareholders,	rose	11%	to	46.94p	(2013:	42.18p 4).

We	continue	to	deliver	industry	leading	results	with	
like	for	like	sales	in	our	Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	
rising	by	8.3%,	led	by	a	superb	performance	in	both	
food	sales	and	accommodation	–	two	areas	that	
have	seen	increased	focus	over	recent	years.	
Operating	profits	for	this	division	rose	by	16%	with	
strong	margins.

In	our	Tenanted	Division,	revenue	has	also	risen.	
We	have	invested	for	the	future	in	our	Tenanted	
estate	and	this	increase	in	repairs	has	led	to	a	1%	
rise	in	profits5	from	a	2%	rise	in	revenue.	On	a	like	
for	like	basis,	we	were	pleased	to	see	profits	rise		
by	2%.

The	Fuller’s	Beer	Company	has	had	a	very	
interesting	year	with	the	launch	of	Frontier,	a	craft	
lager,	in	May	2013	and	the	purchase	of	Cornish	
Orchards,	a	traditional	cider	maker,	in	June	last	
year.	The	year	has	been	rounded	off	with	the	
acquisition	of	the	UK	distribution	rights	to	US	craft	
beer	Sierra	Nevada.	These	elements	widen	our	
range,	providing	a	solid	basis	for	future	growth,		
and	give	the	Beer	Company	an	outstanding	range		
of	premium	brands	to	offer	to	our	pubs	and	free	
trade	customers.

Dividend
The	Board	recommends	that	a	final	dividend	of	
9.30p	per	40p	‘A’	and	‘C’	ordinary	share	and	0.93p	
per	4p	‘B’	ordinary	share	be	paid	on	28	July	2014	to 	
shareholders	on	the	share	register	as	at	27	June	
2014.	This	is	an	increase	of	11%	on	last	year’s	final	
dividend.	The	total	dividend	per	share	of	15.10p	per	
40p	‘A’	and	‘C’	ordinary	share	and	1.51p	per	4p	‘B’	
ordinary	share	represents	a	10%	increase	on	last	
year	and	will	be	covered	more	than	three	times	by	
adjusted	earnings	per	share.

Michael Turner
Chairman

5	June	2014

4		2013	adjusted	profit	and	adjusted	earnings	per	share	are	restated	to	exclude	pension	scheme	finance	costs/income	from	adjusted	profit.	See	note	1	to	the	financial	statements	for	details.
5		Operating	profit	before	exceptional	items.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 3

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Transport Hubs
Fuller’s	opened	the	doors	on	its	first	transport	
hub	site,	The	Mad	Bishop	and	Bear	at	Paddington	
Station,	in	1999.	The	Tap	on	the	Line	is	located	
right	on	the	Platform	at	Kew	Gardens	station,		
we	have	The	Doric	Arch	at	Euston,	The	Wellington	
at	Waterloo	and	The	Grand	Central	in	Brighton.	
Our	most	successful	train	station	venture	is	The	
Parcel	Yard	at	King’s	Cross,	which	is	next	to	
platform	9	–	and	the	Harry	Potter	store	complete	
with	disappearing	luggage	trolley.	It	might	have	a	
famous	neighbour,	but	the	real	attraction	is	The	
Parcel	Yard’s	two	floors	dedicated	to	serving	
hungry	and	thirsty	travellers	throughout	the	day.

The	Parcel	Yard	sells	more	cask	ale	than	any		
other	pub	in	our	estate	and	the	demand	for	space,	
due	to	its	popularity,	has	resulted	in	the	opening	
this	year	of	an	additional	four	function	rooms,	all	
stylishly	designed	for	those	who	want	to	eat,	drink	
or	socialise	without	comprising	on	quality.	The	
Parcel	Yard	really	is	a	great	Fuller’s	pub	and	we	like	
to	think	it	has	changed	the	train	station	pub	forever.

This	success	has	also	encouraged	us	to	look	further	
afield	and	we	have	just	opened	our	first	airport	site	
with	London’s	Pride	at	The	Queen’s	Terminal	–	
Heathrow	Terminal	2.	There’s	more	on	that		
to	follow…

4  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

08.30	Tap	on	the	Line
Breakfast on the Move
It’s	time	for	Eggs	Benedict	or	a	quick	coffee	before	grabbing	
the	train	or	plane	–	and	at	The	Tap	on	the	Line,	you	can 	
actually	watch	the	trains	at	Kew	Gardens	station	come		
and	go	with	a	ringside	seat.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 5

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report	
Strategic Report
At a Glance

Group operating profit by division1

Managed and Tenanted houses

Total beer barrels by channel

£m
Fuller’s Managed Pubs and Hotels  22.5
12.3
Fuller’s Tenanted Inns 
8.5
Fuller’s Beer Company 

1	Excludes	central	costs.

Managed pubs within M25 
Tenanted pubs within M25 
Tenanted pubs outside M25 
Managed pubs outside M25 

111
58
148
69

12.4%
Fuller's Tenanted Inns
Fuller's Managed Pubs and Hotels 22.6%
39.2%
Free On Trade
Off Trade
11.7%
Exports
14.1%

Managed Pubs and Hotels

Tenanted Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	are	operated	by	
Fuller’s	employees	and	include	180	pubs	and	
hotels.	Our	acquisitions	are	carefully	targeted	
towards	prime	locations	in	market	towns	with	
our	target	demographics,	high	footfall	
locations	in	transport	hubs	and	iconic	pubs		
in	our	home	city	of	London.

Our	estate	is	primarily	in	the	South	and	South	
East	of	the	UK	and	includes	111	pubs	within	the	
M25.	We	focus	on	freshly	prepared	seasonal	
food	and	an	aspirational	premium	drinks	
range,	delivered	with	exceptional	service		
and	in	a	stylish	and	comfortable	environment.		
We	also	have	622	boutique	bedrooms	across	
our	12	hotels	and	14	pubs	with	rooms.

The	Tenanted	Inns	division	has	206	pubs,	
where	the	individual	pubs	are	run	by	self-	
employed	entrepreneurs,	who	work	in	
partnership	with	us,	selling	our	beer	and	
operating	under	the	Fuller’s	brand.

We	offer	our	tenants	a	high	level	of	support,	
including	a	variety	of	tools	and	services	to	help	
them	grow	their	businesses.	This	includes		
a	bespoke	website,	a	property	compliance	
package,	free	WiFi	and	subsidised	training		
for	their	staff.

As	London’s	longest	standing	brewer,	we	
continually	bring	new	products	to	market	
whilst	proudly	brewing	the	UK’s	No.1	premium	
ale,	London	Pride.	We	proactively	develop		
our	portfolio	of	beers,	providing	variety	and	
interest	for	consumers,	producing	a	different	
seasonal	ale	every	month.	This	year	we	
acquired	Cornish	Orchards,	a	craft	cider	
producer	in	Cornwall,	to	expand	our	range	
of	premium	authentic	drinks.

We	directly	deliver	our	own	beer	and	cider,	as	
well	as	other	drinks	products	to	our	pubs	and	
our	free	trade	customers	in	the	South	East.	
Our	customers	value	the	high	quality	service	
we	provide.	

180

Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	

206

Tenanted	Inns	

No. 1

Premium	ale	in	the	UK	

6	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Fuller’s Vision

“ We will create and operate the most stylish pubs  
and hotels whilst brewing Britain’s most coveted 
premium brands for discerning customers both  
at home and abroad.”

Distinctive Pub  
and Hotel experience
Investing in:
—		Our	people

—		Our	retail	offer

—		Behind	the	scenes

—		Customer	experience

—		Customer	feedback

Targeted acquisitions  
and developments
Target acquisitions and  
developments in:
—	High	footfall	transport	hubs

—	Iconic	London	pubs

—	Affluent	market	towns

Premium  
brand portfolio
Focusing on:
—	Well	invested	equipment	and	processes

—	Skilled	brewers

—	Constant	innovation

—	Putting	flavour	first

Progress in FY 2014

Progress in FY 2014

Progress in FY 2014

—		Only	at	Fuller’s	continues	to	provide	unique	

—		Three	new	pubs	purchased	for	a	total	of		

—		Cornish	Orchards	acquired	in	June	2013	and	

beer	and	food	collaborations.

£7.6	million.	

successfully	integrated.

—		Like	for	like	(LFL)	food	sales	up	10.4%	driven	by	

—		Development	of	two	new	sites:	Cams	Mill		

—		Launch	of	new	wave	craft	lager,	Frontier,		

our	freshly)	prepared	seasonal	offer.

—		Accommodation	LFL	sales	up	10.4%	building	

on	previous	strong	Olympic	year.

—		Increased	investment	in	our	people,	which		
is	fundamental	to	great	service	for	our	
customers.

on	Fareham	estuary	opened	November	2013	
and	London’s	Pride,	Heathrow	Terminal	2,	
developed	during	the	year	and	opened		
4	June	2014.

—		£10.6	million	spent	on	significant	
redevelopment	of	28	houses.

in	June	2013.

—		Made	of	London	advertising	campaign	
emphasising	our	London	heritage.

—		Sierra	Nevada	added	to	Fuller’s	agency	

portfolio	of	world	class	beers.

Priorities for FY 2015

Priorities for FY 2015

Priorities for FY 2015

—		Continue	to	invest	through	the	business		
cycle	helping	to	drive	LFL	sales	growth		
and	gross	margins.

—		Development	of	One	over	the	Ait,	Kew	Bridge,	
The	Tideway,	Fulham	Reach	and	The	Sail		
Loft,	Greenwich.

—		10	new	conditioning	tanks	being	added	in	
spring	2014	to	increase	capacity	by	25,000	
barrels	per	year.

—		Invest	in	the	upgrade	of	remaining	bedrooms	

—		Development	of	15	new	rooms	at	The	Mad	

to	our	boutique	standard.

Hatter,	SE1.

—		Launch	of	new	approach	to	recruitment	

including	an	updated	Fuller’s	portal.

—		Further	refurbishments	and	repositionings		

of	existing	properties.

—		Further	investment	in	Cornish	Orchards		
to	increase	production	capacity	and		
widen	distribution.

—		Focus	on	opening	new	markets	via	Westside	
Drinks,	targeting	stylish	bars	and	restaurants.

Market influence

Market influence

Market influence

—		Current	consumer	trends	include	a	focus	
on	provenance	of	food,	healthier	options	
and	good	value.

—		London	and	the	South	East	continue	to	
outperform	the	rest	of	the	UK	market.

—		Consumers	increasingly	want	more	interesting	
choices	and	are	prepared	to	pay	a	premium	for	
quality	craft	products.

The	Strategic	Report,	encompassing	pages	6	to	29,	was	approved	by	the	Board	and	signed	on	its	behalf	on	5	June	2014: 	

Simon Emeny 
Chief	Executive	

James Douglas
Finance	Director

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 7

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
10.30	The	White	Buck
It’s Checking Out Time
We	completed	a	significant	investment	this	year	at	the	White	
Buck	at	Burley	–	a	fantastic	pub	and	hotel	in	the	New	Forest	–	
including	the	addition	of	eight	further	boutique	bedrooms.

8  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Bedroom Business
There	are	now	622	bedrooms	across	Fuller’s	
Managed	pubs	and	Hotels	estate	and	we	are	
delighted	that	like	for	like	sales	have	risen	by	10.4%	
this	year.	This	figure	is	especially	pleasing	as	it	
follows	a	prior	year	that	included	the	Olympics.

We	pride	ourselves	on	creating	boutique	bedrooms	
that	offer	something	extra	special	and	quirky.		
We	avoid	any	identikit	furniture	and	we	always		
aim	to	ensure	the	great	service	our	customers	
expect	in	a	Fuller’s	pub	runs	right	through	the	
customer	experience.

We	also	strive	to	add	interesting	design	touches	–	
where	possible	with	a	relevance	to	the	local	area	
too.	For	instance,	at	The	Pilot	in	Greenwich,	our	
rooms	all	have	a	clock	on	the	door	as	a	nod	to 		
the	Greenwich	Meridian	and	the	time	showing	
denotes	the	room	number.

If	you	are	looking	for	an	overnight	stay	that	is	
comfortable,	clean,	stylish	and	that	comes	with	a	
great	pint,	an	excellent	breakfast	and	a	fantastic	
choice	of	wines	–	then	look	no	further.	We	are		
here	and	ready	to	serve.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 9

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview	
Chief Executive’s Review

Distinctive Pub and Hotel Experience
Fuller’s	Inns	has	had	an	excellent	year	with	like	for	
like	sales	in	the	Managed	business	rising	by	8.3%	
and	Tenanted	like	for	like	profits	rising	by	2%.	At	the	
year	end,	our	estate	comprised	384	pubs	of	which	
207	are	Tenanted	pubs	run	by	entrepreneurial	
licensees	and	177	are	in	our	Managed	Pubs	and	
Hotels	division.	Having	a	balanced	business	
operating	both	Managed	and	Tenanted	houses	
allows	us	the	flexibility	of	moving	sites	between	the	
two	and	this	year	has	seen	seven	pubs	move	
between	the	two	divisions.

Managed Pubs and Hotels

Invested LFL sales

Wet LFL sales

Food LFL sales

Accommodation 
LFL sales

2014

+8.3%

+7.5%

+10.4%

2013

+2.1%

+0.9%

+3.9%

+10.4%

+8.2%

Revenue

£186.0m

£170.1m

Operating profit

£22.5m

£19.4m

EBITDA

£32.5m

£29.0m

Our	Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	division	has	
enjoyed	another	stellar	year	with	strong	like	for		
like	sales	growth	from	all	areas	of	the	business	–	
notably	food	and	accommodation.	Total	like	for	
like	sales	were	up	by	8.3%.

Total	revenues	increased	9%	from	£170.1	million	to	
£186.0	million	and	our	operating	margin	expanded	
from	11.4%	to	12.1%,	driven	by	improved	gross	
margins	achieved	on	food	and	drink	and	a	lower	
payroll	percentage.	This	increase	was	partly	offset	
by	higher	investment,	resulting	in	a	16%	increase		
in	profits6	to	£22.5	million	(2013:	£19.4	million).

Our	food	sales,	driven	by	a	continued	focus	on	
food	that	is	fresh,	locally	sourced	where	possible	
and	prepared	by	trained	chefs	on	site,	have	risen		
by	10.4%	on	a	like	for	like	basis.	Accommodation	
has	had	a	great	year	too	with	like	for	like	sales 	
across	our	622	boutique	bedrooms	also	rising		
by	10.4%	–	a	figure	that	is	particularly	impressive	
following	a	year	that	benefited	from	the	Olympic	
Games	in	our	London	heartland.	We	have	
improved	the	customer	journey	on	our	online	
booking	system	and	this	is	reaping	rewards	with	
initial	results	showing	a	60%	increase	in	bookings	
coming	through	this	medium.	

Food	continues	to	rise	in	importance	throughout	
the	Fuller’s	estate	and	this	has	led	us	to	increase	
our	focus	on	food	marketing	and	improve	the	
training	programmes	and	career	structure	we	have	
in	place.	As	well	as	the	chef-led	kitchen	teams	in	
the	pubs,	we	have	a	team	of	nine	Executive	Chefs	

Approaching the end of my first full year as 
Chief Executive, I am pleased to report that 
Fuller’s has had another very strong year. As a 
company, we know our strength is in operating 
at the premium end of the market and we 
have a clear vision of where we are going and 
how we will get there. This provides a focus for 
the team while encouraging individuality, 
innovation and flexibility to flourish. 

Frontier
Frontier	is	our	new	wave	craft	lager,	launched		
in	May	2013	and	now	available	in	over	230	locations	
across	the	UK.

10	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Our	vision	is	to	create	and	operate	the	most	stylish	
pubs	and	hotels	whilst	brewing	Britain’s	most	
coveted	premium	brands	for	discerning	customers	
both	at	home	and	abroad.	To	deliver	this	vision,		
we	will	continue	to	focus	on	three	key	drivers		
for	growth:

•	Providing	a	distinctive	pub	and	hotel	experience

•	Identifying	targeted	acquisitions	and	

developments	

•	Further	developing	our	premium	brand	portfolio.

One	area	that	is	of	particular	note	during	the	last	
year	is	the	commitment	we	have	put	behind	
specific	training	programmes	right	across	the	
business.	From	wine	training	in	Fuller’s	Inns	to	sales	
training	in	the	Beer	Company,	more	of	our	people	
have	benefited	from	greater	investment	in	their	
personal	development.	We	will	never	rest	on	our	
laurels	and	in	order	to	build	on	the	great	results	of 	
this	year,	we	remain	committed	to	ensuring	our	
people	are	equipped	with	the	best	skills	to	deliver	
outstanding	beer	and	delicious	food	in	wonderful	
pubs	with	great	service.	This	is	how	we	will	stay	
ahead	of	our	competitors.

Our	strong	culture	is	at	the	heart	of	everything	we	
do.	Whether	it’s	the	brewer,	a	drayman,	a	cellar	
services	technician,	an	accountant	or	anyone	at	
head	office,	or	a	manager,	tenant	or	barmaid	–	
everyone	at	Fuller’s	is	focused	on	delivering	
exemplary	service	to	our	customers.	Our	people	
are	responsible	for	the	success	of	this	business	and	
I’d	like	to	personally	thank	them	all	for	their	
enthusiasm	and	dedication.

under	the	stewardship	of	our	Head	of	Food.	This	
year	has	seen	our	chef	development	programme	
extended	to	include	more	junior	team	members,	
with	the	aim	of	producing	home-grown	Executive	
Chefs	for	the	future.

The	programme	comprises	a	three	level	Chef	
Scholarship	and	65	of	the	850	kitchen	staff	in	our	
managed	estate	have	already	participated,	
including	a	number	of	food	assistants	who	are	just	
starting	their	careers	in	the	food	arena.	We	have	
just	completed	a	full	year	of	the	first	two	levels	of 	
this	initiative,	while	the	second	full	year	is	coming	
to	a	close	for	those	sous	chefs	looking	to	take	up	a 	
role	as	head	chef.

The	food	team	also	continues	to	work	on	products	
that	are	available	Only	at	Fuller’s	and	our	London	
Porter	Smoked	Salmon	is	still	our	best-selling	
starter	while	Vintage	Ale	Sticky	Toffee	Pudding	is	
our	most	popular	dessert.	Recent	innovations	
include	a	Cornish	Orchards	cider	pork	sausage.

As	well	as	new	courses	for	our	chefs,	the	rest	of	the 	
3,200	employees	in	our	Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	
team	have	benefited	too	with	almost	10,000	days	
invested	on	pub	staff	training	during	the	year	–	
which	works	out	at	around	400	training	hours	per	
pub.	Much	of	this	development	has	been	targeted	
at	the	customer	experience	and	we	now	have	

around	50	Service	Coaches	in	the	estate.	
The	impact	of	these	coaches	cannot	be	
underestimated	and	they	have	a	pride	in	their	
job	that	enthuses	the	wider	team	around	them.

During	the	year,	we	held	our	third	annual	
Connection	Week	event,	which	this	year	provided	
a	launch	pad	for	our	Five	Golden	Rules	of	Engaging	
Service.	Connection	Week	brings	one	team	
member	from	every	Managed	pub	together	for		
a	day	of	interactive	learning	activities	that	they	
then	go	back	and	share	with	their	colleagues.		
This	year	the	focus	was	on	our	new	service	
passports,	which	attendees	use	as	a	vehicle	to	
disseminate	the	Five	Golden	Rules	to	the	rest	
of	the	team	in	their	own	pub.

Finally,	we	are	also	refreshing	our	approach	to	
recruitment	with	an	updated	online	portal	and	a	
more	effective	means	of	ensuring	our	managers	
only	interview	the	best	applicants.	We	intend	to	
start	with	the	best	recruits,	develop	team	members	
through	first	class	training	and	motivate	them	
emotionally	and	financially.	The	result	is	a	
structured	career	path	and	a	pipeline	of	great	future	
managers	to	support	the	Company’s	growth.

It’s	fine	for	a	company	to	claim	that	it	offers	a	
distinctive	pub	and	hotel	experience,	but	only	our	
customers	can	decide	if	we	are	succeeding.	Social	

Christmas in May
The	Mill	at	Elstead	had	to	close	on	the	day	before 	
Christmas	Eve	last	year	due	to	flooding.	Having	to	
call	all	those	customers	who	had	pre-booked	their	
Christmas	lunch	was	not	an	easy	task	for	managers	
Jeff	and	Georgia	Watts.

To	make	up	for	it,	The	Mill	celebrated	Christmas	in	
May	–	and	all	disappointed	customers	came	along	
for	a	full	Christmas	dinner	complete	with	fake	
snow	and	Santa	Claus.

Managed like for like sales

+8.3%

2014 

2013 

2012 

% increase

8.3%

2.1%

4.2%

6	Operating	profit	before	exceptional	items.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

11

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
 
	
Chief Executive’s Review continued

Tenanted like for like profits

+2%

media	allows	companies	to	gauge	their	
performance	in	a	very	public	way	but	the	sheer	
volume	of	feedback	can	be	difficult	to	monitor.		
We	have	invested	in	a	new	system	that	consolidates	
online	reviews	and	allows	our	pubs	to	access	
that	feedback	in	a	simple	format.	The	system		
also	enables	our	pubs	to	easily	see	how	they	are	
faring	and	quickly	address	any	issues	that	arise.	

estuary.	In	March,	we	were	delighted	to	acquire	
The	Albannach	–	an	iconic	site	on	London’s	
Trafalgar	Square	–	and	in	April	we	started	the	
new	financial	year	with	the	announcement	of	two	
new	riverside	sites	in	Fulham	and	Greenwich	and	
the	purchase	in	May	of	The	Windmill	in	Portishead,	
near	Bristol.	All	four	of	these	latter	additions	will	
operate	within	our	Managed	Pubs	division.

Tenanted Inns

% increase

2014 

2013 

2012 

2%

1%

2%

London Porter
It’s	been	a	great	year	for	London	Porter	–	picking	up	
awards	for	the	beer	in	keg	and	cask.	Keg	London	
Porter	took	the	award	for	Overall	Keg	Champion	
of	the	Competition	at	the	Society	of	Independent	
Brewers	awards,	while	the	cask	version	was	the	
overall	winner	of	the	London	&	South	East	
CAMRA	Champion	Beer	of	Britain	award.

12	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

LFL profits

LFL barrels sold

Av. EBITDA per pub

2014

+2%

–2%

+1%

2013

+1%

–5%

+9%

Revenue

£31.3m

£30.8m

Operating profit

£12.3m

£12.2m

EBITDA

£13.9m

£13.8m

It’s	been	a	good	year	for	our	Tenanted	division		
too	–	with	revenue	increasing	by	2%	to	£31.3	million	
(2013:	£30.8	million),	profits7	rising	by	1%	to	£12.3	million	
(2013:	£12.2	million)	and	average	EBITDA	per	pub	
growing	by	1%.	As	we	continue	to	focus	on	the	
premium	end	of	the	estate	we	have	sold	four	pubs,	
while	three	pubs	have	been	transferred	to	the	
Managed	Pubs	division	and	four	have	moved	in	the	
opposite	direction.	In	addition,	we	have	invested	
more	on	renovations	with	24	internal	schemes,		
21	external	schemes	and	30	signage	schemes		
across	our	tenanted	pubs.

We	have	continued	to	focus	on	providing	an	even	
better	service	to	our	Tenants.	We	hold	regular	
meetings	with	them,	including	an	annual	forum,	
and	are	always	seeking	to	act	on	their	feedback	to	
help	develop	their	businesses.	One	example	is	the	
provision	of	a	high	quality	extranet	to	improve	the	
flow	of	information,	which	we	delivered	this	year.	
The	response	has	been	very	positive	and	we	were	
delighted	when	our	commitment	to	our	Tenants	
was	recognised	in	the	2014	him!	survey,	in	which	
Fuller’s	came	out	as	the	top	Tenanted	pub	
company	as	voted	for	by	Tenants.

Further	success	came	at	The	Publican	Awards	
where	Fuller’s	took	the	coveted	title	of	Tenanted	
Pub	Company	of	the	Year.	However,	we	are	
determined	to	improve	further	and	the	new	
financial	year	has	already	seen	the	launch	of		
a	new	training	service	with	a	range	of	online	
courses	being	offered	to	Tenants	for	just		
£5	each.

Finally,	we	are	delighted	that	80%	of	our	Tenanted	
estate	is	now	signed	up	to	the	Fuller’s	Service	
Agreement.	This	is	an	initiative	that	gives	Tenants	a	
guaranteed	level	of	regular	property	maintenance	
and	compliance	with	the	ever	increasing	burden	
of	legislation,	at	group	purchasing	prices.	

Targeted Acquisitions And Developments
This	year	has	seen	some	great	additions	to	the	
Fuller’s	estate	for	both	the	Managed	and	Tenanted	
divisions.	In	July	2013,	we	added	The	White	Hart,	
Southwark	to	our	Tenanted	estate	while	November	
saw	the	addition	of	two	new	managed	pubs,	The	
Distiller’s	in	Hammersmith	and	the	opening	of	
Cams	Mill,	a	large	development	on	the	Fareham	

The	coming	financial	year	will	see	us	reaping	the	
rewards	of	much	of	this	investment.	London’s	Pride	
–	our	pub	at	The	Queen’s	Terminal,	Heathrow	
(Terminal	2),	opened	on	4	June	2014	and	we	are	
looking	forward	to	building	on	our	transport	hub	
expertise	from	The	Parcel	Yard	at	King’s	Cross.	
London’s	Pride	includes	a	number	of	new	features	
such	as	a	section	for	Grab	and	Go	food	to	be	eaten 	
on	the	plane	and	we	will	be	retailing	travel	and	
food	books	within	the	pub.	With	an	investment	
cost	of	£1.7	million,	the	pub	has	200	covers	and		
will	be	serving	contemporary	pub	food,	which	has	
been	designed	with	the	modern	traveller	in	mind.	
The	design	takes	airport	pubs	to	a	whole	new	level	
and	much	is	made	within	the	pub	of	Fuller’s	
heritage	and	the	site’s	close	proximity	(8.3	miles)		
to	the	Brewery.

Following	on	from	the	very	successful	conversion	
of	The	Red	Lion	on	Whitehall	to	our	Ale	&	Pie	
format,	we	will	be	carrying	out	a	similar	project	on	
The	Albannach	in	Trafalgar	Square,	which	will	be	
unveiled	as	The	Admiralty	in	October.	With	more	
than	a	nod	to	its	location	and	the	presence	of	
Admiral	Nelson,	the	pub	will	benefit	from	the	high	
footfall	in	this	area,	offering	a	winning	combination	
of	great	beer	and	delicious	pies	to	tourists	and	
locals	alike.

Finally,	three	new	riverside	pubs	will	be	opening		
on	the	Thames	in	the	new	financial	year.	One	over	
the	Ait	by	Kew	Bridge	will	open	in	the	autumn		
of	2014,	closely	followed	by	the	site	at	Fulham	
Reach,	overlooking	the	Harrods	Depository	and	
providing	great	views	of	life	on	the	river.	The	Sail	
Loft	at	Greenwich	–	part	of	the	new	Capital	Quay	
Development	–	will	open	in	spring	2015.	We	also	
purchased	The	Windmill	at	Portishead	in	May	2014	
–	a	popular	dining	pub	with	panoramic	views	
across	the	Severn	Estuary	to	Wales.

We	have	invested	a	total	of	£38.1	million	on	capital	
expenditure	during	the	year	–	which	represents	a	
rise	of	29%	against	last	year.	We	have	taken	the	
opportunity	to	bring	forward	investment	on	
refurbishments	while	sales	have	been	strong	and	
this	is	particularly	true	in	the	second	half	of	the	
year,	which	has	seen	16	major	schemes,	making		
a	total	of	28	for	the	year.

Several	of	the	projects	undertaken	during	the	
year	have	included	upgrading	the	accommodation	
and,	in	some	cases,	adding	additional	bedrooms.		
In	the	coming	year	we	are	looking	to	undertake	a	
large	project	at	The	Mad	Hatter,	close	to	Blackfriars	
Bridge,	which	will	add	an	additional	15	bedrooms.	
We	pride	ourselves	on	offering	a	better	experience	
and	our	added	design	touches	ensure	we	stand	out	
from	the	bland,	standardised	offerings	that	
characterise	parts	of	the	British	hotel	scene.

All	of	our	refurbishments	aim	to	promote	the	key	
drivers	in	our	estate	and	we	will	continue	to	focus	

 
	
on	improved	kitchens	and	dining	areas,	exquisite	
bedrooms	and	comfortable	areas	for	drinkers	to	
relax	in.	We	will	also	continue	to	combine	this	with	
innovative	and	interesting	features	such	as	the	
mural	by	a	local	street	artist	in	the	cellar	bar	of	
The	Boater	in	Bath.

The Fuller’s Beer Company

The Fuller’s 
Beer Company

Own beer and cider 
barrels sold

Foreign barrels sold

Total barrels sold

2014

2013

–1%

+3%

+1%

–1%

+3%

level

Revenue

£115.8m

£113.6m

Operating profit

£8.5m

£8.7m

EBITDA

£11.5m

£11.7m

It’s	been	a	year	of	change	for	the	Fuller’s	Beer	
Company,	with	foundation	blocks	being	laid	for	the	
future.	Total	beer	and	cider	volumes	were	1%	higher	
than	last	year	with	exports	showing	the	strongest	
growth.	Several	new	initiatives	have	come	into		
play	during	the	period	including	the	acquisition		
of	Cornish	Orchards,	the	launch	of	Frontier,	the	
purchase	of	the	UK	distribution	rights	to	Sierra	
Nevada	and	the	launch	of	Westside	Drinks	–	a	
separate	sales	force	with	a	remit	to	target	the	style	
end	of	the	licensed	retail	market.	In	addition,	we	
celebrated	a	cut	in	beer	duty	thanks	to	the	
Chancellor’s	Budget	in	March	2014.

Revenue	for	the	Beer	Company	increased	2%	to	
£115.8	million	(2013:	£113.6	million)	while	operating	
profit	before	exceptional	items	reduced	2%	to	
£8.5	million	(2013:	£8.7	million)	following	additional	
marketing	spend	and	significant	improvements		
to	the	Brewery.

Premium Brand Portfolio
Our	brands	continued	to	pick	up	awards	during	
the	year	with	London	Porter	winning	the	overall	
prize	for	Best	Keg	Beer	at	the	SIBA	(Society	of	
Independent	Brewers)	awards	and	the	cask	version	
taking	the	overall	title	for	the	London	&	South	East	
CAMRA	Champion	Beer	of	Britain	competition.	
In	the	same	awards,	1845	took	the	gold	medal	in	
the	Real	Ale	in	a	Bottle	category.	

London	Pride	continues	to	be	our	best-selling		
brand	and	the	second	phase	of	the	Made	of	
London	campaign	ran	during	the	last	financial		
year.	Over	500	posters	appeared	on	sites	across		
the	Capital,	which	were	viewed	by	over	eight	
million	adults.	The	supporting	digital	campaign	
had	over	seven	million	impressions	and	reached		
1.7	million	unique	users.	

By	using	posters	and	press,	the	ads	have	a		
longer	dwell	time	which	allows	us	to	get	over	a	
relatively	complex	message	about	London	Pride’s	
credentials	and	phase	three	has	just	started,	which	
will	build	on	this	further.	The	new	phase	is	more	
interactive,	with	social	media	acting	as	a	call	to	
action	for	drinkers	to	share	their	stories	of	London	
Pride.	The	London	Pride	Facebook	page	alone		
now	has	over	38,000	fans.

On	4	June	2013,	we	purchased	Cornish	Orchards	
for	£3.8	million.	Cornish	Orchards	produces	a	
range	of	premium	award-winning	ciders	using	
freshly	pressed	apples	as	well	as	a	range	of	
interesting	and	delicious	soft	drinks.	We	have	
already	invested	in	six	new	tanks	–	which	have	
increased	capacity	by	60%	to	cope	with	the	
growing	demand	for	its	products.	These	craft	
ciders	and	soft	drinks	are	produced	by	a	team	
that	is	passionate	about	quality.	They	perfectly	

Export map

Barrelage	
Asia	pacific	
Africa	
North	America	
South	America		
Europe	
Middle	East	

100%
17.1%
0.3%
24.2%
5.9%
49.5%	
3.0%

Exports
You	can	buy	Fuller’s	beers	in	around	70	countries	
across	the	globe.	Our	biggest	market	is	now	
Sweden,	where	they	love	the	wide	range	of	styles	
and	flavours	Fuller’s	beers	provide.	

7	Operating	profit	before	exceptional	items.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

13

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
Chief Executive’s Review continued

“ The combination of a high quality estate, premium 
brands and a healthy balance sheet puts us in an 
excellent position going forward.”

Beer Company total beer and cider barrels

334,100 Brls
+1%

2014 

2013 

2012 

Capital expenditure

£38.1m
+23%

2014 

2013 

2012 

(’000) Brls

334.1

332.1

331.7

£m

38.1

31.1

76.3

complement	our	existing	portfolio	while	the	
company	itself	is	a	great	cultural	fit	with	Fuller’s.

Frontier,	our	new	craft	lager	launched	in	May	2013,	
continues	to	grow	and	the	brand	is	proving	popular	
at	various	London	events	such	as	Street	Feast	and	
Ribstock.	In	addition,	Frontier	is	now	available	in	
over	230	locations	–	the	majority	of	which	are	not	
our	own	pubs	–	and	in	bottle	in	over	600	Tesco	
stores.	The	agreement	with	Sierra	Nevada,	which	
sees	Fuller’s	take	responsibility	for	the	distribution	
of	this	great	American	craft	beer	across	the	UK,	
and	the	addition	of	Cornish	Orchards	have	
opened	more	doors	for	Westside	Drinks	and	gives	
the	team	a	fantastic	range	of	brands	to	sell	to	high	
end	bars,	restaurants	and	festivals.	

Our	export	business	continues	to	grow	with	
Sweden	now	our	largest	export	market,	followed	
by	the	USA,	Canada,	Russia	and	Finland.	In	total,	
Fuller’s	is	now	present	in	68	countries	and	one	in	
five	pints	brewed	heads	overseas.	London	Pride		
still	accounts	for	the	lion’s	share,	with	44%	of	total	
export	volume	–	but	our	wide	portfolio	has	proved	
to	be	a	real	asset	in	foreign	markets	and	our	fastest	
growing	export	brands	last	year	were	Organic	
Honey	Dew	and	India	Pale	Ale.

As	an	integral	part	of	our	premium	brand	portfolio,	
we	continue	to	source,	import	and	sell	a	wide	
range	of	interesting	wines.	By	focusing	on	brands	
that	are	not	so	readily	available	in	the	off	trade,	
we	can	offer	a	point	of	difference	to	our	pubs	
and	free	trade	customers.

Finally,	we	continue	to	expand	both	at	the		
Griffin	Brewery	in	Chiswick	and	at	Cornish	

Orchards	in	Duloe.	In	Cornwall,	we	are	further	
increasing	production	capacity	in	preparation	for	
this	autumn’s	apple	harvest	while	this	spring	we	
added	10	new	tanks	to	accommodate	increased	
keg	volumes	at	the	Brewery	in	Chiswick	due	to	
sales	of	Frontier	and	the	growth	in	exports.

Final Salary Pension Scheme
We	closed	our	final	salary	pension	scheme	to	new	
members	in	August	2005.	The	Company	has	
recently	finished	a	period	of	consultation	with	the	
Trustees	and	Members	of	that	scheme,	with	the	
expectation	that	the	scheme	will	close	to	future	
accrual	with	effect	from	1	January	2015.	As	there	
are		still	matters	to	be	concluded	on	the	scheme	
closure	between	the	Company	and	the	Trustees,	
we	cannot	yet	quantify	the	financial	impact	of	
this	action.

Current Trading And Prospects
We’ve	had	a	very	good	start	to	the	new	financial	
year,	with	like	for	like	sales	in	our	Managed	Pubs	
and	Hotels	rising	by	8.0%	in	the	nine	weeks	to	
31	May	2014.	Like	for	like	profits	in	the	Tenanted	
estate	have	risen	by	4%	and	total	volumes	in	the	
Beer	Company	are	up	by	10%.	

Two	new	pubs	have	opened	during	the	first	nine	
weeks	of	the	year	–	The	Windmill,	a	freehold	site	
in	Portishead,	and	London’s	Pride	at	Heathrow	
Terminal	2.	In	addition,	we	have	three	freehold	
riverside	sites	that	will	open	during	the	next	year	
at	Kew,	Fulham	and	Greenwich.	

The	Fuller’s	Beer	Company	strategy,	launched	last	
year,	is	already	starting	to	deliver	with	both	Frontier	
and	Cornish	Orchards	achieving	exciting	growth	
and	extra	capacity	coming	on	stream	in	Chiswick	
and	Cornwall	during	the	coming	months.

We	are	looking	forward	with	anticipation	and	
excitement	to	the	forthcoming	year.	Investment	
is	taking	place	in	all	areas	of	the	Company	and	
we	continue	to	be	pleased	with	the	impact	that	
it	is	having	on	the	business.	The	combination		
of	a	high	quality	estate,	premium	brands	and		
a	healthy	balance	sheet	puts	us	in	an	excellent	
position	going	forward.

Simon Emeny
Chief	Executive

5	June	2014

14	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

 
 
B e S T S e l l e r

The last two centuries have given us some great books. Many based in London.  

About  Londoners.  Like  the  pipe  smoking  sleuth  from  Baker  Street,  the  nanny  

that preferred her umbrella to the Routemaster, and the boy that never grew up.  

OK, so he wasn’t from London, but he did visit - probably flew over our brewery - 

and  while  those  authors  were  busy  writing  their  stories,  we  were  writing  ours.  

Brewing books, dating back to 1845. They’re not famous, but like any good classic  

they’re still being read today, by our brewers, who in turn continue our story with 

new recipes and tales of cask and keg. Not exactly populist, but to enjoy our story

you don’t have to read it, just take a sip.

k

u

.

o

c

.

e

r

a

w

a

k

n

i

r

d

e

d

i

r

p

_

n

o

d

n

o

l

 @

e

d

i

r

p

n

o

d

n

o

l

/

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

15

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We	have	just	expanded	our	chef	development	
scheme	too	–	so	we	are	offering	great	training	to	
our	kitchen	teams	at	all	levels.	We	like	to	provide	
genuine	career	progression	and	hopefully	today’s	
kitchen	porter	is	tomorrow’s	head	chef.

Food	is	key	to	our	business	and	our	growth	and		
it	just	gets	better	and	better.

Only at Fuller’s
Food	is	more	important	than	it	has	ever	been	and	
we	are	delighted	to	see	our	like	for	like	food	sales	
rise	by	10.4%	during	the	year.

Our	team	of	nine	Executive	Chefs	focus	on	using	
fresh,	seasonal	produce	and	creating	dishes	that	
are	available	Only	at	Fuller’s	such	as	our	London	
Porter	Smoked	Salmon,	Golden	Pride	Sourdough	
Bread	and	Vintage	Ale	Sticky	Toffee	Pudding.	We	
have	started	to	use	Cornish	Orchards	cider	too	
–	with	the	arrival	of	a	Cornish	Orchards	cider		
pork	sausage.

16  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

13.00	The	Parcel	Yard
Fresh food – skilled chefs
Head	chef	Rachid	Messaoudi	and	his	team	at	The	Parcel	
Yard	satisfy	up	to	400	diners	every	day.	No	mean	feat	– 	
especially	as	many	of	them	have	trains	to	catch,	so	the	food 	
has	to	be	cooked	to	perfection	in	a	timely	fashion.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

17

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview	
Financial Review

Tax
A	full	analysis	of	the	tax	charge	for	the	year	is	set 	
out	in	note	7	to	the	accounts.	Tax	has	been	
provided	for	at	an	effective	rate	of	23.2%	(2013:	
24.4%)	on	adjusted	profits.	The	Group’s	overall	
effective	tax	rate	of	13.1%	was	boosted	by	the	
exceptional	deferred	tax	credit	(2013:	16.6%).

Pensions
The	deficit	on	the	defined	benefit	pension	
scheme	increased	by	£4.2	million	to	£17.2	million	
(2013:	£13.0	million).	This	was	driven	principally		
by	an	increase	in	the	calculated	present	value		
of	pension	obligations	from	£101.9	million	to		
£110.8	million,	driven	by	the	assumed	discount	rate	
applied	to	the	long	term	liability	decreasing	from	
4.6%	to	4.45%,	an	increase	to	the	cash	commutation	
factor	and	more	prudent	mortality	assumptions	
being	adopted.	This	was	partly	offset	by	a	greater	
than	expected	return	on	the	plans	assets,	resulting	
in	an	increase	in	the	fair	value	from	£88.9	million		
to	£93.6	million.	Deficit	recovery	payments	of		
£0.7	million	were	made	during	the	year.	These	
payments	will	be	reviewed	as	part	of	the	finalisation	
of	the	triennial	valuation	based	on	July	2013.

The	scheme	was	closed	to	new	members	in	
August	2005	and	it	is	expected	that	the	scheme	
will	close	to	future	accrual	from	1	January	2015.	

Shareholders’ Return
Adjusted	earnings	per	share	were	11%	higher	than	
last	year	at	46.94p	(2013:	42.18p).	The	proposed	
final	dividend	of	9.30p	per	40p	‘A’	ordinary	share,	
together	with	the	interim	dividend	of	5.80p	per	
share	already	paid	makes	a	total	of	15.10p	and	
compares	with	a	total	dividend	of	13.70p	last	year.	
The	total	dividend	per	share	has	grown	by	10%		
and	will	be	covered	3.1	times	by	adjusted	earnings	
per	share,	compared	with	3.1	times	in	the	previous	
year.	Shareholders’	equity	at	the	year	end	was	
£277.2	million.	

During	the	period	445,819	‘A’	ordinary	40p	shares	
were	repurchased	into	treasury	for	£4.2	million	
(2013:	411,393	for	£2.9	million).	In	addition	69,000	‘A’	
ordinary	40p	shares,	414,854	‘B’	ordinary	4p	shares	
and	5,000	‘C’	ordinary	40p	shares	were	purchased	
for	£1.1	million	by	or	on	behalf	of	the	Trustees	of	the 	
Share	Incentive	Plan	and	the	LTIP	Trustees	to	cover	
future	issuance	(2013:	86,500	‘A’	shares,	696,752	‘B’	
shares	and	4,935	‘C’	shares	for	£1.1	million).	The	
average	price	paid	was	940p	per	‘A’	ordinary	40p	
share.	The	middle-market	quotation	of	the	
Company’s	ordinary	shares	at	the	end	of	the	
financial	year	was	910p.	The	highest	price	during	
the	year	was	1010p,	while	the	lowest	was	776p.	The	
Company’s	market	capitalisation	at	29	March	2014	
was	£507.9	million	(2013:	£457.4	million).

Our Operating Results
We	have	grown	revenue	by	6%	on	the	prior	year	
with	the	majority	of	the	growth	driven	by	strong	
like	for	like	trading	within	the	Managed	estate,	
supplemented	by	the	effect	of	acquisitions	across	
the	Group	and	price	rises.	Our	operating	profits	
before	exceptional	items	grew	by	8%	to	£39.9	
million	(2013:	£37.0	million),	with	the	largest	
contribution	to	growth	coming	from	the	Managed	
Pubs	and	Hotels	division.	EBITDA	increased	by	6%	
to	£54.5	million	(2013:	£51.2	million).	

Finance Costs
Net	finance	costs	before	exceptional	items	
decreased	marginally	from	£5.9	million	to	£5.8	
million.	Despite	our	debt	level	rising	moderately	
at	the	year	end	our	average	net	debt	level	reduced	
from	£135.4	million	to	£133.4	million.	We	continued	
to	experience	low	interest	rates	on	our	variable	
debt	and	this,	along	with	the	capitalisation	of	
interest	costs	on	the	construction	of	Cams	Mill	
and	London’s	Pride,	resulted	in	a	decline	in	our	
interest	expense	in	the	year.	

The	net	interest	expense	on	our	defined	benefit	
pension	scheme	is	now	shown	as	an	exceptional	
item	as	the	charge	is	driven	by	market	conditions	
at	an	arbitrary	point	in	time	and	is	not	associated	
with	our	underlying	trading.

Our	blended	cost	of	borrowings	remained	
constant	at	4.0%	due	to	the	consistency	in	our	
borrowing	levels	and	flat	interest	rates	on	the	
variable	rate	portion	of	our	debt.	We	expect	this	
blended	rate	of	interest	to	increase	marginally	to	
4.3%	in	the	coming	year	as	interest	rates	begin	to	
rise	and	we	continue	to	pay	down	our	cheaper	
variable	rate	borrowing.

Exceptional Items
Net	exceptional	costs	before	tax	of	£0.6	million	
comprised	£1.9	million	profit	on	property	disposals,	
£0.9	million	onerous	lease	provision	releases	offset	
by	£1.1m	of	acquisition	costs	expensed,	£1.2	million	
reorganisation	costs,	property	impairment	charges	
net	of	reversals	of	£0.5	million	and	a	net	interest	
charge	on	our	pension	deficit	of	£0.6	million.	The	
reorganisation	costs	comprise	redundancy	costs	
relating	to	employee	restructuring,	centred	around	
the	brewery	sales	force	and	supply	chain	team,	
together	with	legal	and	consulting	costs	for	the	
closure	of	the	final	salary	pension	scheme	to	future	
accrual.	This	restructuring	is	anticipated	to	save	
£0.5	million	per	annum.

After	exceptional	items,	profit	before	tax	was	
therefore	£33.5	million	(2013:	£33.7	million).	We	
further	benefited	from	an	exceptional	deferred	tax	
credit	of	£3.4	million,	primarily	relating	to	the	
reduction	in	the	UK	corporation	tax	rate	from	23%	
to	21%	from	1	April	2014	and	then	to	20%	from 	
1	April	2015.	The	total	impact	of	these	items	meant	
that	basic	earnings	per	share	were	greater	than	the	
adjusted	figure	at	52.14p	(2013:	50.43p).	

18	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

“ Our operating profits before 
exceptional items grew by 8%. 
EBITDA increased by 6%, so 
that the pro-forma net debt 
ratio reduced to 2.5 times.”

Cash Flow

Cash Flow

EBITDA

Interest

Tax

Working capital  
and other

Cash available for 
discretionary spend

Capex on estate

Acquisitions*

Pub development

Acquisition costs 
and other 
exceptionals paid

Property disposals

Dividends

Cash flow

Non-cash movement

Net debt movement

2014
£m

54.5

(5.3)

(8.0)

4.9

46.1

(16.4)

(17.6)

(4.1)

(2.1)

2.6

2013
£m

51.2

(5.4)

(8.1)

(2.4)

35.3

(12.7)

(11.4)

(5.5)

(1.5)

9.5

(11.8)

(10.6)

(3.3)

(0.9)

(4.2)

3.1

(0.5)

2.6

*		Includes	acquired	debt	on	acquisition	of	Cornish		
Orchards	Limited	and	conversion	of	leasehold	property		
to	freehold.

Cash	available	for	discretionary	spend	was	£46.1	million	
(2013:	£35.3	million).	The	increase	was	largely	due		
to	increased	EBITDA	and	positive	movements		
in	working	capital,	mainly	due	to	the	timing	of	
payments	around	the	year	end.	Group	net	debt	
increased	from	£135.6	million	at	the	start	of	the		
year	to	£139.8m	as	a	result	of	acquisitions	and		
the	continued	investment	in	our	existing	estate.

Our	capital	spending	increased	to	£38.1	million	
(2013:	£29.6	million)	and	included	the	acquisition		
of	Cornish	Orchards	(including	£0.5m	of	assumed	
debts),	three	new	pubs	(exclusive	of	acquisition	fees	
and	stamp	duty)	–	The	Distillers,	Hammersmith;	
The	White	Hart,	Southwark;	and	The	Albannach,	
Trafalgar	Square,	purchasing	the	freehold	of		
The	Lamb	&	Flag,	Covent	Garden	and	developing	
two	new	pubs.	We	continued	to	invest	in	the	
redevelopment	of	our	existing	estate;	most	notably,	
The	White	Buck,	Burley	and	The	Pilot,	Greenwich	
where	our	investment	doubled	the	number	of	
rooms	available	in	each	as	well	as	refurbishing		
the	existing	rooms.	Approximately	£4.1	million		
was	invested	in	the	two	new	pubs,	Cams	Mill,	
Fareham	which	opened	in	the	second	half	of	the	
year	and	London’s	Pride,	our	airside	pub	in	the		
new	Heathrow	Terminal	2	building	which	opened		
on	4	June	2014.

Asset	disposals	raised	a	total	of	£2.6	million	and	we	
recorded	an	exceptional	gain	on	disposal	of	£1.9	million	
which	was	largely	attributable	to	the	sale	of	four	
licensed	properties.

EBITDA	increased	by	6%	to	£54.5	million	(2013:	
£51.2	million).	This	offset	our	increased	capital	
spend	so	that	the	pro-forma	net	debt	ratio	reduced	
to	2.5	times	(2013:	2.6	times).	This	level	of	debt	
allows	us	continued	flexibility	to	invest	in	future	
opportunities	as	they	arise.	

Sources of Finance

Sources of Finance

Bank debt

Other debt

Cash

2014
£m

2013
£m

116.2

112.5

27.7

(4.1)

27.4

(4.3)

Total net debt

139.8

135.6

Available committed 
facilities

% total borrowings 
fixed or hedged

Net Debt/EBITDA

33.5

37.0

78%

2.5x

80%

2.6x

Our	total	committed	bank	facilities	remained	at	
£150.0	million	at	the	year	end	of	which	£116.5	million	
(2013	£113.0	million)	was	drawn	and	£33.5	million	
was	available	(2013:	£37.0	million).	We	maintained	
our	level	of	hedged	bank	borrowings	at	£85.0	million	
of	which	£65.0	million	is	swapped	at	a	blended	
interest	rate	of	1.8%	(excluding	bank	margins)	and	
£20.0	million	is	subject	to	a	cap	of	4.0%.

In	July	2013	we	entered	into	a	further	interest	rate	
swap	agreement	for	£20.0	million	at	2.55%	from	
2015	until	2020.	The	interest	rate	swap	agreements	
in	place	will	allow	us	to	continue	to	borrow	a	
portion	of	our	bank	debt	at	a	fixed	interest	rate	
until	2022.

The	Group’s	financing	is	a	mix	of	bank	debt,	
debentures,	cumulative	preference	shares,	
overdraft,	cash	and	short	term	deposits	as	disclosed	
in	notes	21,	23	and	25.	Other	financial	assets	and	
liabilities	such	as	trade	receivables	and	payables	
arise	through	the	Group’s	operating	activities.	The	
Group	does	not	trade	in	financial	instruments.	

The	Group	is	able	to	operate	with	negative	working	
capital	–	trade	and	other	payables	were	£17.2	million	
greater	than	the	aggregate	of	inventories	and		
trade	and	other	receivables	at	the	year	end		
(2013:	£12.5	million	greater).

Financial Risks and Treasury Policies
The	Group	Treasury	Team	consists	of	the	Finance	
Director	and	the	Group	Financial	Controller.	The	
objectives	of	the	Treasury	Team	are	to	manage		
the	Group’s	financial	risk;	to	secure	cost	effective	
funding	for	the	Group’s	operations;	and	to	
minimise	the	adverse	effects	of	fluctuations	in		
the	financial	markets	on	the	value	of	the	Group’s	
financial	assets	and	liabilities,	on	reported	
profitability	and	on	the	cash	flows	of	the	Group.

The	Group	Treasury	Team	monitors	the	overall	
level	of	financial	gearing	weekly,	with	our	short	and	
medium	term	forecasts	showing	underlying	levels	
of	gearing	which	remain	within	our	targets.

Going Concern Statement
The	financial	position	of	the	Group	including	the	
various	sources	of	finance	available	and	its	cash	
flows	have	been	described	herein.	In	addition,	note	
25	of	the	financial	statements	includes	detailed	
disclosure	on	the	Group’s	objectives,	policies	and	
processes	for	managing	its	capital;	its	financial	risk	
management	objectives;	details	of	its	financial	
instruments	and	hedging	activities;	and	its	
exposures	to	credit	and	liquidity	risk.	

The	Group	is	vertically	integrated,	is	diversified	
across	a	wide	range	of	sales	channels	and	is	
strongly	cash	generative.	We	have	performed		
well	throughout	the	recent	economic	cycles.		
Our	financial	position	is	strong	as	we	have	always	
borrowed	prudently.	We	have	over	£30	million	of	
undrawn	bank	facilities	in	place	at	the	year	end	
which	is	considered	more	than	sufficient	to	meet	
cash	flow	requirements	over	the	coming	12	
months.	Our	current	£150	million	bank	facilities	
expire	within	the	next	12	months,	in	May	2015,	in	
which	time	the	Group	will	have	undergone	a	
process	to	secure	new	lines	of	finance	for	the	
coming	years.	Our	current	expectations	are	that	
the	Group	will	have	no	difficulty	in	continuing	to	
borrow	at	this	consistent	level	at	similar	margins.

On	the	basis	of	current	financial	projections	and	
having	considered	the	facilities	available	and	our	
expectation	around	refinancing	the	Directors	are	
confident	that	the	Group	and	Company	have	
adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	
existence	for	the	foreseeable	future	and,	
accordingly,	consider	that	it	is	appropriate	to	
continue	to	adopt	the	going	concern	basis	of	
accounting	in	preparing	the	financial	statements.

James Douglas
Finance	Director

5	June	2014

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

19

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
The	open	kitchen	will	give	customers	an	
opportunity	to	watch	the	chefs	prepare	delicious,	
fresh	food.	There	is	a	section	for	“Grab	and	Fly”	that 	
sells	food	to	take	away.

We	truly	are	the	local	brewer	to	Heathrow	–	a	fact 	
we	made	the	most	of	on	April	Fool’s	Day	when	
many	people,	including	well-known	industry	
figures,	fell	for	our	tale	that	the	beer	would	be	
delivered	by	a	new	pipeline	built	under	the	M4.

Meanwhile, 8.3 miles away…
London’s	Pride,	our	new	pub	at	The	Queen’s	
Terminal,	or	London	Heathrow	Terminal	2	as	it	is	
better	known,	is	Fuller’s	first	airside	pub.	It’s	been	
two	years	in	the	making,	but	we	are	delighted	with	
the	result	and	even	more	pleased	with	the	reaction	
from	all	those	who	see	it.

The	pub	is	divided	into	a	number	of	different	areas	
over	its	5,000	square	feet	and	can	hold	200	
people.	As	well	as	enjoying	a	wide	ranging	menu,	
customers	can	relax	with	a	drink,	recharge	their	
laptops,	download	their	e-mails	and	even	buy	a	
book	while	they	wait	for	their	flight	to	depart.

20  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

14.30	London’s	Pride
Come Fly with Us
Looking	for	a	last	taste	of	London	before	boarding	a	plane 	
for	foreign	climes?	Stop	off	at	our	new	airside	pub	in	
Terminal	2	for	a	great	pint	and	some	delicious	food.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 21

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview	
Principal Risks and Uncertainties

In	the	course	of	its	normal	business,	the	Group	
continually	assesses	and	takes	action	to	mitigate	
the	various	risks	encountered	that	could	impact	
the	achievement	of	its	objectives.	As	detailed	in	the	
Corporate	Governance	Report,	there	are	systems	
and	processes	in	place	to	enable	the	Board	to	
monitor	and	control	the	Group’s	management		
of	risk.	The	Audit	Committee	regularly	reviews		

the	effectiveness	of	this	process	and	seeks	to	
ensure	that	management’s	response	is	adapted	
appropriately	to	the	changing	environment.

The	following	sets	out	what	the	Board	considers		
to	be	the	principal	risks	affecting	the	Group		
at	present.	In	addition,	the	key	financial	risks		
to	the	Group	are	detailed	in	note	25c	to	the	
financial	statements.

Regulatory Risks

Risk

Regulation of the Sale of Alcohol

Mitigation and Monitoring

Within	our	industry	there	is	always	the	risk	that	the	Government	may	change 	
legislation	in	a	manner	that	would	adversely	affect	us.	For	example	significant 	
rises	in	duty,	proposals	for	minimum	pricing	and	greater	restriction	on	
minimum	age	are	potential	measures	aimed	at	reducing	consumption	by	
increasing	the	cost	and	reducing	the	availability	of	alcoholic	drinks.	

This	creates	the	risk	of	reduced	demand	fuelling	reduced	profitability	of	our 		
beers	and	pubs.

We	carefully	monitor	legislative	developments	and	review	sales	trends	and	
consumer	habits	to	gauge	the	impact	on	our	business.

We	participate	in	industry	initiatives	aimed	at	the	responsible	promotion	and 	
retailing	of	alcohol.	

We	have	diversified	our	offering	to	include	soft	drinks,	coffee,	food	and 	
accommodation	to	reduce	our	reliance	on	alcohol-based	revenue.	

Beer Tie

Following	a	consultation	in	2013,	the	Government	has,	in	the	past	few	days, 	
announced	plans	that	will	give	publicans	new	rights	under	a	statutory	code 		
of	practice	for	the	industry.	In	addition	an	independent	adjudicator	will	be 	
appointed	to	enforce	this	new	code	including	the	powers	to	arbitrate	disputes, 	
investigate	non-compliance	and	issue	fines	or	sanctions	accordingly.

The	slightly	more	onerous	requirements	within	the	new	code	will	only	apply 	
to	companies	with	over	500	leased	and	tenanted	pubs;	however,	there 	
remains	the	risk	that	this	threshold	may	be	reduced	in	the	future	or	the 	
proposals	are	changed	before	the	legislation	is	implemented.

Enforced	changes	to	our	tied	arrangements	by	the	Government	would	
necessitate	changes	to	our	business	model,	with	higher	property	rents		
and	lower	prices	for	the	supply	of	drinks	being	charged.

Health and Safety

Fuller’s	operates	an	internal	code	of	practice	that	already	incorporates	the	key 	
provisions	of	the	proposed	mandatory	code.	We	aim	to	ensure	transparency 		
and	openness	in	our	Tied	agreements.	We	also	provide	marketing,	training	and 	
promotional	support	to	help	tenants	run	profitable	and	long	term	businesses.

We	continue	to	monitor	ongoing	dialogue	between	the	Government	
and	industry	bodies.	Our	Directors	are	members	of	key	industry	bodies	
and	committees.

The	health	and	safety	of	the	Group’s	employees	and	customers	is	a	key 	
concern	to	us.	We	are	required	to	comply	with	health	and	safety	legislation, 	
including	fire	safety	and	food	hygiene.	Operating	a	large	number	of	pubs, 	
hotels	and	sites	increases	the	complexity	of	ensuring	the	highest	health	and 	
safety	standards	are	adhered	to	at	all	times.

A	Health	and	Safety	Committee	oversees	the	operation	of	the	Group’s	health 	
and	safety	policies	and	procedures,	and	regularly	updates	its	policies	and	
training	programme	to	ensure	all	risks	are	identified	and	properly	assessed	and 	
that	relevant	regulation	is	adhered	to.	We	report	and	investigate	all	accidents 	
and	near	misses.	

In	our	Managed	Pubs	and	Hotels	we	have	automatic	fire	suppression	systems 	
in	most	of	our	kitchens	to	reduce	fire	risk.	

All	staff	receive	food	hygiene	training	as	standard	and	regular	kitchen	audits/
checks	ensure	they	comply	with	the	standards	expected	from	them.	Quality 	
assurance	checks	on	our	core	suppliers	ensure	hygiene	standards	have	been 	
adhered	to	before	produce	even	reaches	our	kitchens.

Pensions

The	Group	operates	several	pension	schemes.	Although	the	defined	benefit	
scheme	is	now	closed	to	new	entrants,	there	remains	a	significant	pension 	
liability	of	£17.2	million	on	the	Balance	Sheet.	

A	change	in	market	conditions	could	materially	change	the	size	of	the	deficit 	
that	would	then	impact	on	the	levels	of	funding	required.	

Legislative	changes	could	impact	cash	flow	by	setting	a	minimum	funding	
level	that	is	above	the	Group’s	current	contributions.

We	hold	regular	dialogue	with	the	Trustees	and	Members	of	the	Scheme 	
regarding	the	deficit	recovery	plan.

As	part	of	this	the	Group	made	an	additional	contribution	of	£0.7	million 		
in	the	year	ended	29	March	2014.	

The	Company	is	currently	in	discussion	with	the	Trustees	and	Members 		
with	the	expectation	the	Scheme	will	close	to	future	accrual	with	effect	from 	
1	January	2015.

22	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Economic and Market Conditions

Risk

Strength of the Economy

We	are	exposed	to	the	overall	strength	of	the	UK	economy	and	its	influence 	
on	consumer	spending.	A	weak	economic	recovery,	high	inflation,	
unemployment	or	pay	reductions	would	be	likely	to	reduce	total	UK 	
consumer	spending	in	the	short	term	and	lead	to	lower	growth	rates.

Supply Chain Failure

The	quality	and	availability	of	supplies	are	integral	to	our	ability	to	operate. 		
Our	brewery	and	our	pubs	rely	on	a	number	of	third	parties	to	ensure	both 	
the	continuity	and	a	consistent	quality	of	these	supplies.	

Mitigation and Monitoring

The	Group	constantly	invests	in	its	key	brands	and	ensures	it	takes	advantage 	
of	the	opportunities	presented	to	encourage	customers	into	its	pubs.	

The	Group	maintains	a	high	quality	of	both	operations	and	products	in	order 	
to	maintain	its	competitive	position.	We	constantly	review	the	position	of	our 	
pubs	and	brands	in	the	market	to	ensure	that	the	Group	is	in	the	best	possible 	
position	for	the	current	marketplace.

We	maintain	close	relationships	with	all	our	suppliers	and	where	appropriate	
put	in	place	long	term	supply	contracts.	Dual	supply	is	maintained	for	the 	
majority	of	essential	products.	Suppliers	are	carefully	selected	with	significant	
consideration	given	to	the	source	and	quality	of	the	produce.	

We	monitor	the	credit	worthiness	of	all	our	suppliers	as	well	as	continually 	
review	contingency	plans	in	the	event	of	a	failure	in	supply.	

Cost Increases

Utilities	and	agricultural	produce	such	as	hops,	malt	and	barley,	as	well	as	food 	
produce	are	significant	inputs	for	the	Group	and	have	been	subject	to 	
considerable	price	increases	in	recent	years.	Further	input	cost	increases	could 	
impact	the	Group’s	profitability.

Management	has	in	place	arrangements	with	some	of	its	key	suppliers	to 	
secure	supply	and	prices	for	the	medium	term	(thereby	also	enabling	the 	
business	to	plan	effectively).

An	Energy	Policy	Committee	is	in	place	to	manage	utility	purchasing.

Consumer Trends

Social	trends	and	spending	patterns	are	more	dynamic	than	in	the	past.	In	the 	
current	economic	climate	it	is	more	likely	that	some	consumer	demand	will 	
shift	as	customers	become	more	selective	about	their	outgoings.	

A	shift	in	consumer	demand	that	resulted	in	Fuller’s	Inns	having	an 	
uncompetitive	retail	offering	would,	almost	inevitably,	have	a	negative	impact	
on	trade	and	the	profitability	of	the	Company.

We	proactively	seek	customer	feedback	through	our	Net	Promoter	Score	
programme	as	well	as	benchmarking	our	pricing	against	our	competitors.	

Management	frequently	carries	out	research	amongst	its	customer	groups	
to	ensure	it	reacts	to	changing	consumer	preferences.	Accommodation	and	
food	sales	are	an	area	of	focus	and	are	an	increasing	proportion	of	total	sales, 	
providing	diversification	protection	against	shifting	consumer	behaviour.	

Operational Risks

Risk

Griffin Brewery Site

Mitigation and Monitoring

The	Group’s	headquarters	and	sole	brewing	facility	are	based	at	the	Griffin 	
Brewery	site	in	Chiswick.	A	disaster	at	this	site	would	seriously	disrupt 	
operations	which	would	impact	on	the	profitability	of	the	Company.

We	take	various	measures	to	mitigate	the	impact	of	such	an	event.	We	continually	
monitor	fire	safety	and	invest	in	capital	projects	to	reduce	the	risk	of	failure.

We	store	recipes	and	yeast	off-site	and	have	informal	arrangements	in	place 		
to	use	alternative	facilities.

Brands and Reputation

Fuller’s	has	a	wide	portfolio	of	brands	and	has	established	an	excellent 	
reputation	in	the	market.	Principally,	there	is	a	risk	that	the	Group’s	beer	could 	
become	contaminated	at	source	or	outlet,	which	could	damage	the	
reputation	of	the	brand	and	deter	customers.

Information Technology

The	Group	is	increasingly	reliant	on	its	information	systems	to	operate	on 		
a	daily	basis	and	trading	would	be	affected	by	any	significant	or	prolonged 	
failure	of	these	systems.

The	Group	reduces	product	contamination	risks	to	an	acceptable	level	by 	
ensuring	that	the	business	is	operated	to	the	highest	standards	by	maintaining 	
long	term	relationships	with	suppliers	and	by	significant	investment	in	security,	
quality	control	and	cleansing.	The	Group	has	in	place	product	recall	procedures 	
together	with	insurance	coverage	in	the	event	of	contamination.	In	addition,	the 	
Group	runs	an	active	and	continuous	training	programme	covering	all	aspects	
of	the	pub	operations	and	provides	its	pubs	with	onsite	technical	support.

To	minimise	this	risk	the	IT	function	has	a	range	of	facilities	and	controls	in 	
place	to	ensure	that	in	the	event	of	an	issue	normal	operation	would	be 	
restored	quickly.	These	include	a	formal	Disaster	Recovery	Plan,	online	
replication	of	systems	and	data	to	a	third	party	recovery	facility	and	external 	
support	for	hardware	and	software.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 23

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
It’s	a	great	addition	to	the	Fuller’s	family	and	we	
know	there	will	be	great	things	to	come	in	the	
future.	We	have	already	increased	capacity	by	60%	
with	the	addition	of	six	new	tanks	and	there	will	be	
further	investment	in	the	coming	months	ready	for	
this	autumn’s	apple	harvest.	

The	Cornish	Orchards	site	is	in	Duloe,	just	outside	
Looe,	in	the	heart	of	the	Cornish	countryside.

Cornwall Calling
On	4	June	2013,	we	completed	the	acquisition		
of	a	craft	cider	company	–	Cornish	Orchards.		
It’s	a	perfect	fit	with	Fuller’s	both	in	terms	of	the	
premium	nature	of	Cornish	Orchards’	products	
and	the	culture	of	the	company.	Managing	
Director	Andy	Atkinson	has	stayed	on	to	run		
the	business	and	Fuller’s	has	provided	capital		
to	help	fund	its	expansion	and	contacts	to	widen	
the	distribution.

As	well	as	ciders,	Cornish	Orchards	produces	a	
fantastic	range	of	soft	drinks	which	are	already	
proving	popular	in	many	of	our	own	pubs.

24  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

16.15	Cornish	Orchards
Apple Blossom
Andy	Atkinson	is	a	man	who	knows	his	apple	trees	and	
quality	is	at	the	heart	of	this	fantastic	craft	cider	business.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 25

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview	
Corporate Social Responsibility

Heritage
As	the	oldest	brewer	in	London,	Fuller’s	takes	its	
heritage	very	seriously	–	it	has	even	taken	centre	
stage	in	our	latest	London	Pride	advertising	campaign.	
Brewing	has	taken	place	on	our	site	in	Chiswick	
since	the	days	of	Oliver	Cromwell	and	the	Griffin	
Brewery	still	provides	the	beating	heart	of	the	
Company.	Fuller’s	even	plays	host	to	Britain’s	oldest	
wisteria	–	still	growing	today	on	the	side	of	the	Brewery	
with	its	amazing	April	flowers.	

We	have	the	same	duty	of	care	to	our	pubs	–	some 	
of	which	have	been	in	Fuller’s	hands	for	over	150	
years.	Recent	refurbishments	have	taken	both	the	
history	and	location	into	consideration	as	can	be	
seen,	for	example,	at	The	Red	Lion	on	Whitehall.	
The	pub	overlooks	the	Cenotaph	and	has	been	
restored	to	former	glories	with	a	1920s	style	
restaurant	and	an	opulent	cellar	bar	in	the	style		
of	a	Mayfair	gentleman’s	club.	We	will	be	looking	to	
bring	elements	of	our	heritage	to	our	latest	riverside	
pubs	too,	in	Greenwich,	Fulham	and	Kew,	despite	
all	three	being	contemporary,	new	build	properties.	
We	believe	in	creating	stunning	venues	for	the	public	
to	socialise	in	a	comfortable	and	safe	environment.

Our	brewers	still	refer	to	the	brewing	books	of	
years	gone	by	to	find	inspiration	for	new	and	
exciting	brews	that	have	more	than	a	nod	to	the	
past,	including	the	acclaimed	Past	Masters	series.	
We	also	borrow	from	the	heritage	of	others		
and	later	in	the	year	we	will	be	brewing	our	fifth 	
Brewer’s	Reserve	–	a	fantastic	beer	aged	in	barrels	
from	the	Scottish	whisky	distiller,	Glenmorangie.

Going Soft
As	well	as	cider,	Cornish	Orchards	produces		
a	fantastic	range	of	premium	soft	drinks	including	
three	types	of	apple	juice.	

Shooting for the Stars
This	year,	Fuller’s	made	a	donation	of	£33,620		
to	Shooting	Star	CHASE	–	a	children’s	hospice	
charity	caring	for	over	600	families.

26	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Community
The	local	pub	is	the	heart	of	the	community	and		
at	Fuller’s	we	strive	to	maintain	this	important	role.	
Our	pubs	raise	thousands	of	pounds	for	charities	
across	all	trading	areas.	We	support	local	activities	
such	as	carnivals,	school	fetes	and	other	fundraisers	
and	we	continue	to	encourage	our	tenants	and	
managers	to	build	further	links	within	their	
neighbourhoods.	During	the	recent	flooding,	The	
Swan	Hotel	at	Staines	provided	complimentary		
hot	drinks	to	displaced	local	residents	and	even	
played	host	to	the	local	doctor	while	the	surgery	
was	submerged.	

In	total,	across	the	Company	and	our	pubs	and	
hotels,	we	have	raised	around	£200,000	in	the	
year	for	charities	as	diverse	as	medical	charities,	
historic	buildings	and	alcohol	charities.	We	have	
continued	our	support	for	the	Seafarers	Charity	
–	which	benefits	from	a	£5	per	barrel	donation	
from	each	barrel	of	Seafarers	Ale	that	is	sold.		
This	is	just	one	of	the	charitable	links	that	we		
still	maintain	from	our	purchase	of	the	Gales	
Brewery	some	eight	years	ago.	For	the	same	
reason,	we	make	a	regular	donation	of	beer	to		
the	Hospital	of	St	Cross,	an	almshouse	just	outside	
Winchester	that	is	believed	to	be	England’s	oldest	
charitable	institution.

As	well	as	financial	support	for	charities,	Fuller’s	also	
continues	to	provide	support	to	a	number	of	long	
running	sports	events	and	initiatives	including	the	
Surrey	County	Cricket	League	and	the	Head	of	
the	River	Fours.	Both	of	these	sponsorships	have	
run	for	around	25	years.	Fuller’s	also	continues	to	
get	involved	with	local	running	events	such	as	the	
Thames	Towpath	Ten	and	the	London	Pride	Walk	
for	Cancer	Research	UK,	which	has	raised	well	
over	£1	million	in	its	18	year	history.	This	walk,	which	
starts	and	finishes	at	the	Brewery,	is	one	of	the		
most	popular	events	in	the	Chiswick	calendar		
and	regular	walkers	include	Griffin,	one	of	Fuller’s	
Shire	horses.

In	January	2014,	Fuller’s	made	a	donation	of	
£33,620	to	Shooting	Star	CHASE	–	a	children’s	
hospice	charity	that	cares	for	over	600	families	
living	in	West	London,	Surrey	and	West	Sussex.		
This	money	represented	30p	per	children’s	meal	
sold	in	75	of	our	Managed	pubs	plus	£12,000		
from	fundraising	events	and	competitions	in	the	
participating	pubs.	The	menu,	which	was	specially	
created	for	the	purpose,	is	being	continued	in	the	
Fuller’s	Managed	estate	and	comes	with	word	
games	and	colouring,	which	are	set	to	Key	Stage	2	
educational	criteria.	

Gender Diversity
as at 29 March 2014

Board of Directors

Senior Managers

All Employees

Male
Female

9
1

Male
Female

40
18

Male
Female

2,062
1,548

Responsible Retailing
Fuller’s	has	always	believed	that	a	well-run	pub,	
offering	a	relaxed	and	safe	environment,	is	crucial	
to	fulfilling	the	pub’s	role	in	the	community	and		
in	the	wider	social	fabric	of	the	country.	We	avoid	
heavily	discounted	drinks	promotions,	preferring	to	
focus	on	offering	a	wide	range	of	drinks,	fantastic,	
home-cooked	fresh	food	and	exceptional	service.	
The	purchase	of	Cornish	Orchards	has	also	added	
a	great	range	of	soft	drinks,	including	fresh-pressed	
apple	juice,	to	the	Fuller’s	portfolio.

Our	brewers	take	great	pride	in	the	beers	that	they	
brew	–	and	this	is	reflected	in	the	way	they	are	sold. 	
With	bespoke	glassware	wherever	possible,	stylish	
advertising	that	takes	time	to	read	and	promotional	
activity	with	an	emphasis	on	modest	consumption,	
our	strategy	remains	firmly	focused	on	quality	and	
not	quantity.

We	take	our	role	as	a	retailer	of	alcohol	seriously	
and	we	are	active	members	of	the	British	Beer	and	
Pub	Association	(BBPA)	and	the	British	Institute		
of	Innkeeping	(BII).	Fuller’s	is	also	a	supporter	of	
Drinkaware,	the	government	sponsored	trust	that	
aims	to	promote	responsible	drinking	and	help	
reduce	alcohol	misuse	and	alcohol	related	harm.	

Across	the	Company,	we	have	invested	heavily	in	
training	and	our	bar	staff	training	includes	details		
of	initiatives	such	as	the	Challenge	21	scheme		
to	prevent	underage	drinking	and,	of	course,	how	
to	politely	refuse	those	who	have	had	too	much		
to	drink.	These	measures	are	audited	through	
unannounced	test	purchases.

As	we	improve	the	quality	and	range	of	our	food,	
therefore	growing	sales,	the	purchase	of	alcohol		
is	increasingly	becoming	an	accompaniment	to		
a	meal	rather	than	the	primary	reason	for	the	
customer	to	visit.	

People
The	Fuller’s	family	ethos	remains	strong	and	is	still	
very	evident	throughout	the	business.	Many	
employees	stay	with	Fuller’s	for	much	of	their	
working	life,	as	demonstrated	every	year	by	the	
numerous	recipients	of	our	long	service	awards.	

Pubs with Personality
We	like	to	give	our	managers	the	freedom	to	
stamp	their	own	personality	on	their	pubs	–	and	
using	witty	blackboards	is	just	one	of	the	ways		
they	show	this.

To	meet	our	strategic	aims,	we	require	a	highly	
motivated	and	talented	workforce,	who	are	fully	
engaged	and	share	our	passion	for	quality	and	
customer	service.	The	training	and	development		
of	our	people	is	paramount.	We	launched	our	
Graduate	Programmes	in	2011	and	these	have	
gone	from	strength	to	strength.	Increasingly,	Fuller’s	
is	being	viewed	as	a	place	for	talented	graduates	to	
develop	into	the	leaders	of	the	future	and	our	2014	
programmes	attracted	over	1,000	applications.	In	
addition,	our	mentor	programme	has	increased	in	
size	and	scope,	utilising	the	skills	and	experience	of	
our	Senior	Managers	to	support	the	development	
of	future	leaders.	

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 27

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Social Responsibility continued

Fuller’s	other	development	programmes	support		
a	career	journey	from	apprenticeship	to	general	
management.	In	2013	we	launched	our	Five	Star	
impact	programme,	which	aims	to	turn	our	
supervisors	into	assistant	managers,	while	our	
general	manager	development	programme	
continues	to	allow	the	best	assistant	managers	to	
become	new	leaders	for	our	pub	estate.	We	have	
replicated	this	approach	with	our	chef	teams,	by	
introducing	three	chef	scholarships	which	will	
develop	talented	chefs	from	commis	chef	to	head	
chef	positions,	the	result	being	a	complete	
approach	to	home-grown	talent	and	structured	
career	paths.	The	number	who	have	completed	or	
are	in	a	development	programme	is	now	in	the	
hundreds	and	we	intend	to	grow	this	further.

This	year	also	saw	the	launch	of	our	service		
training	programme,	the	Service	Passport,	which	
is	based	on	our	Five	Golden	Rules	of	Engaging	
Service.	We	now	have	an	impressive	85%	of	our	pub	
teams	completing	this	training	within	their	first	12	
weeks	of	employment.	The	programme	has	been	
underpinned	by	the	development	of	the	Service	
Coach	network,	which	is	currently	a	group	of	50		
of	our	front	line	team	members	with	responsibility	
for	championing	service	at	house	level.

The	last	12	months	really	has	seen	our	training	
schedule	step	up	a	gear.	We	now	have	160	people	
trained	to	the	Wine	and	Spirit	Education	Trust		
level	one,	ensuring	that	each	pub	has	a	team	
member	who	can	confidently	and	knowledgeably	
recommend	wine	to	our	customer.	For	the	Beer	
Company	and	our	central	team,	Fuller’s	has	also	
raised	the	training	bar	with	significant	investment	
in	a	programme	for	the	sales	team	and	a	new	
extended	training	calendar	now	in	place	for	
managers	throughout	the	head	office	and	
brewery	function.

We	value	loyalty	very	highly	and	offer	a	range	of	
benefits	to	encourage	employees	to	take	a	stake		
in	the	Company’s	long	term	success,	such	as	the	
Save	As	You	Earn	Scheme	and	Share	Incentive	
Plan.	We	also	endeavour	to	recognise	great	efforts	
with	the	launch	of	the	100	Club,	a	select	group	of	
team	members	in	our	pubs	and	hotels	who	have	
exceeded	our	customer	service	expectations,	and	
the	implementation	of	Caught	in	the	Act	scratch	
cards	to	provide	an	instant	award	to	team	
members	who	are	exhibiting	one	of	our	Five		
Golden	Rules	of	Engaging	Service.

Finally,	no	mention	of	our	people	would	be	complete	
without	reference	to	Dolly.	Dolly	has	worked	as	a	
barmaid	in	The	Red	Lion,	Wendover,	for	76	years.	
This	year	we	celebrated	her	100th	birthday	in	style.	
Dolly	still	manages	three	shifts	per	week	proving	
that	Fuller’s	really	is	an	age	positive	employer.

Environment
Despite	the	terrible	flooding	which	affected	so	
many	parts	of	the	country,	the	last	financial	year	
proved	to	be	significantly	warmer	than	the	previous	
year.	This	had	a	positive	impact	on	our	gas	
consumption	due	to	lower	heating	but	a	slightly	
negative	impact	on	electricity	consumption	due	to	
an	increased	demand	for	air	conditioning.	Energy	
consumption	is	a	key	area	for	Fuller’s	and,	working	
with	a	specialist	carbon	management	company,		
in	the	year	we	ran	a	trial	programme	to	reduce	
energy	consumption	across	15	pubs.	By	providing	
weekly	consumption	reports,	guidance	on	energy	
saving,	reward	incentives,	a	competitive	element	
and	operational	visibility	we	reduced	electricity	
consumption	by	8%	compared	to	the	rest	of	the	
estate	in	a	three	month	period.

Following	extensive	trials,	we	have	commenced		
a	roll-out	of	LED	lighting	for	front-of-house	areas.		
As	well	as	demonstrating	significant	energy	and	
carbon	savings,	managers	will	spend	less	time	
changing	lamps	and	we	will	be	able	to	ensure	
more	consistent	lighting.	In	addition,	Fuller’s	has	
tested	an	intelligent	kitchen	extract	control	system	
and	achieved	a	significant	electricity	saving.	This	
system	is	now	being	installed	as	standard	for	both	
new	builds	and	kitchen	refurbishments	and	we	
may	look	to	proactively	install	it	more	widely.	In	the	
same	vein,	we	trialled	intelligent	boiler	controls	in	
two	of	our	hotels.	This	system	monitors	the	
temperature	of	water	returning	to	the	boiler	and	
only	allows	the	system	to	fire	if	the	decline	in	
temperature	warrants	it.	These	initial	trials	have	
demonstrated	a	14%	saving	of	gas	and	the	trial	will	
be	rolled	out	further	from	May	2014.

By	monitoring	the	electricity	consumption	of	our	
refrigeration	and	HVAC	(heating,	ventilation	and		
air	conditioning)	systems	in	seven	trial	houses,	we	
have	been	able	to	immediately	identify	incorrectly	
set	or	failing	devices.	As	well	as	suggesting	
electricity	savings	of	around	20%,	we	are	also	able	
to	monitor	fridge/freezer	temperatures	in	real-time	
to	ensure	food	safety.	Due	to	its	success,	we	aim	to 	
extend	this	trial	in	May.	In	addition	to	the	above,	we 	
continue	to	convert	houses	to	waterless	urinals	
whenever	toilet	areas	are	refurbished	and	food	
waste	recycling	has	been	implemented	in	every	
house	where	there	is	space	for	additional	bins.

Finally,	we	have	also	tackled	the	issue	of	outdoor	
heaters	by	implementing	a	new	policy	to	eliminate	
uncontrolled,	gas	umbrella	units.	Instead,	all	new	
outdoor	heaters	must	be	controlled	by	either	
passive	infrared	(PIR)	sensors	in	dining	areas	or	
customer	controlled	timers	in	our	smoking	areas.

Within	the	Brewery,	we	have	reduced	the	amount	
of	effluent	produced.	Two	of	our	graduates	have	
been	working	on	a	project	looking	at	the	way	we	
clean	vessels	in	the	Brewery.	As	a	result	of	their	
work,	the	amount	of	water	used	and,	therefore,	

Carbon reporting

Fuel type

Electricity and gas

Petrol and diesel

Total

CO2 emissions per  
£100,000 of turnover

52 weeks
ended
29 March 2014
CO2 tonnes

 27,493 

 1,126 

 28,619

 9.9 

The	greenhouse	gas	intensity	ratio	for	each	year	is	
calculated	by	dividing	our	total	CO2	emissions	(in	
metric	tonnes)	by	our	annual	turnover	(in	£100,000s).	
Our	total	CO2	emissions	are	derived	from	the	
electricity	and	gas	consumption	of	both	our	
Managed	pub	estate	and	the	Griffin	Brewery	plus	
emissions	from	all	company	vehicles,	including	
company	cars.	The	emissions	related	to	electricity	
and	gas	are	those	submitted	via	our	Carbon	
Reduction	Commitment	(CRC)	obligations	and	the	
Brewery’s	Climate	Change	Agreement	(CCA).	
Vehicle	emissions	are	calculated	from	the	data	
gathered	by	our	fuelcard	supplier.

28	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

effluent	produced	has	been	reduced	by	over	
5,000	hectolitres	per	annum,	providing	an	
environmental	and	financial	benefit.	The	new	
process	is	also	shorter,	which	means	less	downtime	
for	the	vessel,	hence	improving	productivity.

Fuller’s	is	also	beginning	to	see	the	results	of	the	
greener	car	policy	implemented	in	2009.	Since	
that	time,	the	amount	of	fuel	used	has	reduced	by	
13%	across	company	cars	and	fleet	delivery	vehicles.		
As	well	as	the	positive	impact	on	the	environment,	
this	is	also	good	news	for	our	cost	base.

Suppliers
It	is	no	longer	enough	to	examine	the	social	impact	
of	our	own	business	–	we	have	to	consider	that	of 	
our	suppliers	too	and	we	execute	our	responsibility	
by	ensuring	the	products	we	source	are	sustainable	
and,	where	possible,	local.

We	look	to	build	long	term	relationships.	It	is	our	
belief	that	this	stability	allows	our	suppliers	to	
sensibly	invest	in	and	protect	their	businesses.	For	
example,	we	have	forward	contracts	with	our	hop	
and	barley	farmers	both	to	secure	our	own	supply	
and	to	give	the	farmers	the	confidence	to	invest	in	
the	future.	In	addition,	we	consider	the	human	
rights,	health	and	safety	and	other	ethical	policies		

of	our	suppliers	when	making	our	buying	decisions.	
All	suppliers	are	required	to	provide	us	with	a	copy	
of	their	Corporate	Social	Responsibility	policy	and	
we	look	for	those	with	similar	values	to	our	own.	

Wherever	possible,	our	menus	will	reflect	the	
seasonality	of	local	produce	and	we	try	to	buy	
British.	All	our	chips	are	from	British	farmers	and	
our	fresh	meat	is	sourced	from	within	the	UK	
through	trusted	butchers	with	a	fully	traceable	
supply	chain.	Our	eggs	meet	Lion	Quality	
standards	and	again	all	come	from	British	farms	
and	we	only	buy	fish	from	fishmongers	who	are	
accredited	with	the	Marine	Stewardship	Council.

We	continue	to	source	only	Fair	Trade	coffee	and	
we	support	UK	food	initiatives	such	as	the	New	
Forest	Marque	and	Hampshire	Fare.

On	a	more	global	note,	we	signed	a	distribution	
agreement	with	Sierra	Nevada	in	Chico,	California	
this	year.	To	ensure	that	we	reduce	our	impact	on	
the	environment	and	maximise	our	supply	chain,	
we	are	importing	Sierra	Nevada	beer	in	the	same	
kegs	that	are	used	to	deliver	Fuller’s	beer	to	our	US 	
customers,	hence	ensuring	we	avoid	transporting	
empty	kegs.

Helping Hand
During	the	flooding	earlier	this	year,	The	Swan		
at	Staines	even	played	host	to	a	GP’s	surgery	
while	their	own	premises	was	drying	out.		
We	strive	to	ensure	our	pubs	remain	at		
the	heart	of	the	community.

Marathon Miles
We	are	now	in	the	seventh	year	of	our	sponsorship	
deal	as	the	Official	Beer	of	the	Virgin	Money	
London	Marathon	and	were	delighted	to	see	
Ed	Balls	mention	that	he	only	wanted	to	beat	
the	London	Pride	bottle.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 29

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview 
South	West.	From	the	top	floor	dining	room	to	a	
cellar	bar	that’s	made	for	those	late	night	secret	
trysts,	it	really	does	offer	something	for	everyone.	
And	its	location	right	next	door	to	Bath	Rugby	
Club	will	ensure	it	proves	popular	with	props		
and	hookers	–	of	the	rugby	kind!

The	move	into	Bath	is	a	logical	progression	along	
the	M4	–	especially	as	we	have	long	had	a	foothold 	
in	Bristol.	It’s	definitely	our	kind	of	place	–	a	thriving 	
cathedral	city	with	a	great	demographic.

Bath Time
We	have	completed	the	refurbishments	of	our	
three	Bath	pubs	this	year	–	and	despite	all	being	a	
short	walk	from	each	other,	they	clearly	target	
different	premium	audiences.

The	Crystal	Palace	is	warm	and	welcoming,	with		
a	fantastic	outside	space,	great	food	and	a	real	cosy	
pub	feel,	while	The	Huntsman	has	the	beautiful	
Elder	Room	dining	area	upstairs,	overlooking		
the	river.

At	The	Boater,	you’ll	find	probably	the	best	beer	
garden	in	Bath,	as	well	as	four	floors	with	very	
different	feels	and	the	quirkiest	gents’	toilets	in	the	

30  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

20.00	The	Huntsman
Settled in for the night
While	food	and	accommodation	have	grown	in	importance,	
we	never	forget	our	drinkers	and	there’s	no	better	place	to	
sample	Fuller’s	great	range	of	drinks	than	in	a	Fuller’s	pub.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

31

GovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic ReportOverview	
Board of Directors

From left to right
James	Douglas,	Lynn	Fordham,	Alastair	Kerr,	
Richard	Fuller,	Jonathon	Swaine,	Simon	Emeny,		
Ian	Bray,	John	Dunsmore,	Marie	Gracie,		
Michael	Turner,	Sir	James	Fuller	Bt.

32	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Michael Turner 
Non-Executive Chairman
Committees
Chairman	of	the	Nominations	Committee.

Aged	62.	Joined	in	1978.	A	Chartered	Accountant	
with	international	experience.	Initially	ran	the	Wine	
Division	as	Wine	Director.	Appointed	Marketing	
Director	in	1988,	Managing	Director	in	1992,		
Chief	Executive	in	2002	and	Chairman	in	2007.	
Chairman	of	the	British	Beer	and	Pub	Association	
2008-2010.	Master	of	the	Worshipful	Company	of	
Vintners	2011-2012.

Executive Directors
Simon Emeny  
Chief Executive
Aged	48.	Joined	in	1996	from	Bass	plc	where	he	
held	a	variety	of	senior	operational	and	strategic	
planning	roles.	Appointed	a	Director	in	May	1998.	
Non-Executive	Director	of	Dunelm	Group	plc.	
An	Economics	graduate	and	alumni	of	Harvard	
Business	School.

James Douglas  
Finance Director
Aged	48.	Appointed	in	2007	from	LSE-listed	
telecoms	operator	Fibernet	Group	plc,	where	he	
was	Finance	Director.	Spent	eight	years	with	
Deutsche	Bank	as	an	investment	banker.	Qualified	
as	a	prize-winning	Chartered	Accountant	with	
PricewaterhouseCoopers.	Holds	a	first	degree	in	
Physics	and	a	Masters	degree	in	Economics.

Richard Fuller 
Sales and Personnel Director
Aged	54.	Joined	the	Company	in	1984.	Appointed	
a	Divisional	Director	with	responsibility	for	Sales		
in	1992,	and	additionally	for	Personnel	in	2005.	
Appointed	to	the	Board	in	December	2009.	Also	
responsible	for	Public	Relations.	A	GMP	Graduate	
of	Harvard	Business	School..

Ian Bray  
Managing Director of  
The Fuller’s Beer Company
Aged	50.	Appointed	in	2011.	Previously	European	
Marketing	Director	of	Bunge	S.A.,	a	Switzerland-
based	global	foods	and	agricultural	business.	Has	
held	FMCG	marketing	and	senior	management	
roles	at	both	international	and	domestic	level,	
working	with	companies	such	as	Wrigley,		
Müller	and	SmithKline	Beecham.	A	Business	
Studies	graduate.

Jonathon Swaine  
Managing Director of Fuller’s Inns
Aged	43.	Appointed	to	the	Board	in	2012.	Joined	
the	Company	in	2005	and	appointed	as	
Operations	Director	for	Fuller’s	Inns	in	2007.		
Has	previously	held	positions	at	Carlton	
Communications	and	Molson	Coors.	An	Arts	
graduate	with	a	Masters	degree	in	Marketing	and	
an	alumni	of	Columbia	Business	School.

Company Secretary
Marie Gracie 
Aged	48.	Appointed	in	1998	after	an	offshore	
appointment.	Formerly	Company	Secretary	
of	Argos	PLC.	A	Chartered	Secretary	and	Arts	
graduate.	Secretary	of	The	Chiswick	House	and	
Gardens	Trust.
Independent Non-Executive Directors
John Dunsmore 
Senior Independent Non-Executive 
Director 
Committees
Member	of	the	Remuneration	Committee.	
Member	of	the	Audit	Committee.	
Member	of	the	Nominations	Committee.

Aged	55.	Appointed	in	2009.	Senior	Non-
Executive	Director.	Deputy	Chairman	of	Genius	
Foods	Ltd.,	Founder	and	CEO	of	The	Hothouse	
Investment	Club	and	Chairman	Designate	of	
Chapel	Down	Group	plc.	Former	Chief	Executive	
of	C&C	Group	plc	and	former	Chief	Executive	of	
Scottish	&	Newcastle	plc	prior	to	its	takeover	by	
Heineken	and	Carlsberg	in	2008.

Lynn Fordham
Committees
Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee.	
Member	of	the	Remuneration	Committee.	
Member	of	the	Nominations	Committee.

Aged	51.	Appointed	in	2011.	Chief	Executive		
of	SVG	Capital	and	Aberdeen	SVG	Ltd.	Previous	
appointments	include	CFO	SVG	Capital,	Deputy	
CFO	at	BAA	plc,	Director	of	Audit	and	Risk	at	
Boots	Group	plc	and	Finance	Director	of	ED	&	F	
Man	Sugar.	In	addition,	she	spent	10	years	at	Mobil	
Oil	in	a	number	of	financial	and	operational	roles,	
predominantly	internationally.	An	accountancy	
graduate	and	Chartered	Accountant.

Alastair Kerr
Committees
Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee.	
Member	of	the	Audit	Committee.

Aged	64.	Appointed	in	2011.	Non-Executive	
Director	of	high	street	clothing	retailer	White	Stuff	
Ltd,	Non-Executive	Director	and	Chairman	of	the	
Remuneration	Committee	at	Havelock	Europa	
PLC,	Senior	Independent	Director	and	Chairman	
of	the	Remuneration	Committee	at	Alliance	Trust	
PLC	,	Chairman	of	private	holding	company	
Drilton	Ltd	and	Arran	Aromatics	Ltd.	He	is	also	a	
Public	Member	of	Network	Rail.	He	has	previously	
held	senior	roles	at	Mothercare	and	Kwik-Fit,	and	
was	Managing	Director	of	Europe,	Middle	East	and	
Africa	for	The	Body	Shop	and	Managing	Director	
Europe	for	Virgin.

Non-Executive Director
Sir James Fuller Bt.
Aged	43.	Appointed	in	2010.	Served	in	The	Life	
Guards	1991-	1998.	Employed	by	the	Company	
from	1998-2003,	working	in	the	Tied	and	Managed	
Pub	estate	and	has	since	been	running	his		
own	business.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 33

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Report

The	Directors	present	their	Annual	Report	
together	with	the	audited	financial	statements		
for	the	52	weeks	ended	29	March	2014.	The	
narrative	pages	throughout	the	report	constitute	
the	Company’s	management	report	as	required	
under	the	FCA’s	rules.

A) Business activities and development

The	Chairman’s	Statement	and	Strategic	Report	
on	pages	3	to	29	include	information	about	the	
Group’s	strategy	and	business	model	as	well	as	
providing	an	update	on	the	business	and	financial	
performance	during	the	year	and	indications	of	
likely	future	developments,	KPIs,	principal	risks		
and	uncertainties	and	the	Group’s	financial	
management	and	treasury	policies.	

Dividends
The	Company	paid	an	interim	dividend	of	5.80	
pence	on	the	40p	‘A’	and	‘C’	ordinary	shares	and	
0.580	pence	p	on	the	4p	‘B’	ordinary	shares	on	
2	January	2014.	The	Directors	now	recommend	a	
final	dividend	of	9.30	pence	on	the	40p	‘A’	and	‘C’	
ordinary	shares	and	0.930p	on	the	4p	‘B’	ordinary	
shares.	This	makes	a	total	of	15.10	pence	on	the	
40p	‘A’	and	‘C’	ordinary	shares	and	1.510	pence		
on	the	4p	‘B’	ordinary	shares	for	the	year.

The	total	proposed	final	dividend	on	ordinary	
shares	will	be	£5,183,000	which	together	with	the	
2014	interim	dividend	paid	of	£3,251,000	and	the	
£120,000	of	cumulative	preference	dividends	paid	
will	make	total	dividends	of	£8,554,000.

B) Directors

A	list	of	current	serving	Directors	and	their	
biographies	is	given	on	pages	32	and	33.		
Michael	Turner,	James	Douglas	and	Ian	Bray	retire	
by	rotation	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	and	
offer	themselves	for	re-election.	James	Douglas	
and	Ian	Bray	are	Executive	Directors	and	have	a	
rolling	service	contract	of	12	months’	duration.	
Michael	Turner	is	Non-Executive	Chairman	and	
does	not	have	a	service	contract	but	has	been	
invited	to	stay	on	the	Board	until	June	2016.	

Directors’ Interests
Details	of	Directors’	interests	in	the	share	capital	of	
the	Company,	along	with	details	of	Directors’	share	
options	and	allocations	under	the	Long	Term	
Incentive	Plan	(“LTIP”)	are	given	in	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report	on	pages	55	to	59.

This	year	the	Remuneration	Committee	revised	
the	share	retention	guidelines	in	place	for	
Executive	Directors.	Full	details	of	the	new	
guidelines	and	how	far	Executives	are	meeting	
these	guidelines	can	be	found	in	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report	on	page	55.	

34	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Related Party Transactions
Details	of	related	party	transactions	involving	
Directors	are	given	in	note	29	to	the		
financial	statements.

Indemnity Provisions
The	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	provide	the	
Directors	with	indemnities	in	relation	to	their	
duties	as	Directors,	including	qualifying	third	party	
indemnity	provisions	(within	the	meaning	of	the	
Companies	Acts).	All	of	the	Executive	Directors’	
contracts	contain	a	clause	which	states:	“the	
Executive	shall	be	indemnified	out	of	the	assets	of	
the	Company	against	any	liability	incurred	by	him	
as	a	Director	or	other	officer	of	the	Company	in	
defending	any	proceedings	(whether	civil	or	
criminal)	in	which	judgement	is	given	in	his	favour	
or	in	which	he	is	acquitted	or	in	connection	with	
any	application	under	the	Companies	Acts	in	
which	relief	from	liability	is	granted	to	him	by	the	
court	from	liability	for	negligence,	default,	breach	
of	duty	or	breach	of	trust	he	may	be	guilty	of	in 	
relation	to	the	affairs	of	the	Company.”	The	
Company	purchases	insurance	cover	for	Trustees	
of	the	Company’s	defined	benefit	pension	scheme.	
James	Douglas	is	a	Trustee	of	the	Scheme.

C) Corporate responsibility

The	Group’s	activities	during	the	year	in	the	areas	
of	Heritage,	Community,	Responsible	Retailing,	
People	(including	gender	diversification),	the	
Environment,	Carbon	Reporting	(including	the	
new	disclosure	requirements	on	greenhouse	gas	
emissions)	and	Suppliers	are	discussed	in	detail		
in	the	separate	Corporate	Social	Responsibility	
Statement	on	pages	26	to	29.

Employees
The	Group	continues	to	attach	a	high	priority		
to	further	improving	its	communications	with	all	
employees	and	pensioners	thus	encouraging	a	
common	awareness	of	the	financial	and	economic	
factors	affecting	the	Group.	Increasingly,	the	
Company’s	intranet	and	e-mail	systems	facilitate	
this,	and	we	will	continue	to	search	for	ways	to	
exploit	these	media	to	best	effect.	Twice	a	year	all	
Brewery-based	employees	are	invited	to	a	results	
presentation	led	by	the	Chief	Executive.	Once	a	
year	the	Company	also	runs	‘Connection	Week’	
where	one	person	from	each	pub	is	invited	to		
a	conference	at	which	a	number	of	messages		
are	communicated.	That	employee	returns	to		
their	pub	and	shares	the	information	with	their		

colleagues	over	the	remainder	of	the	week.	Regular	
newsletters	are	also	generated	for	both	The	Fuller’s	
Beer	Company	and	Fuller’s	Inns	employees	and		
ad	hoc	news	is	regularly	communicated	via	both	
traditional	notice	boards	and	e-mail	distributions.	
The	communications	policy,	which	is	in	operation	
throughout	the	business,	is	designed	to	ensure	the	
successful	cascading	of	information.	A	structure	of	
Consultation	Committees	at	both	Divisional	and	
Corporate	level	is	in	place	to	facilitate	a	dialogue	
between	the	Group	and	representatives	of	all	
employees	including	union	members.	Taken	
together,	these	communications	have	allowed		
the	Group	to	engage	successfully	with	all	our	
employees,	wherever	they	are	employed.

The	Group’s	recruitment	policy	is	designed	to	ensure	
that	all	applications	for	employment,	including	those	
made	by	disabled	persons,	are	given	full	and	fair	
consideration,	in	light	of	the	applicants’	particular	
aptitudes	and	abilities.	The	Group	also	has	an	equal	
opportunities	policy	which	is	designed	to	ensure	that	
all	employees	are	treated	equally	in	terms	of	training,	
career	development	and	promotion.	Where	
employees	develop	a	disability	during	their	
employment	by	the	Group,	every	effort	will	be		
made	to	continue	their	employment	and	arrange		
for	appropriate	training,	career	development	and	
promotion	as	far	as	is	reasonably	practicable.	
Development	and	training	of	our	employees	at	all	
levels	has	always	been	a	priority	at	Fuller’s.

The	Company	continues	to	offer	qualifying	staff		
a	Savings	Related	Share	Option	Scheme,	a	Share	
Incentive	Plan	and	a	variety	of	performance	related	
bonus	arrangements,	which	serve	to	encourage	
staff	interest	in	the	Group’s	performance.	Staff	
throughout	the	Group	are	given	an	‘Indulgence’		
card	allowing	them	to	benefit	from	a	staff	discount	
scheme	in	the	Group’s	pubs.

Political Donations
The	Group	does	not	make	political	donations.	

D) Share interests 

The	following	disclosable	interests	of	shareholders	
(other	than	Directors)	have	been	notified	to		
the	Company:

% ‘A’ ordinary shares of 40p each

% ‘B’ ordinary shares of 4p each

% ‘C’ ordinary shares of 40p each

As at
28 May
 2014

10.16

As at 29 March 2014
and 28 May 2014

As at 29 March 2014
and 28 May 2014

Sir J H F, Messrs A F and E F Fuller 

16.26

Sir J H F, Messrs A F and E F Fuller

30.74

As at
 29 March
2014

10.04

6.84

Name

BlackRock, Inc

Aberdeen Asset 
Management PLC  
and its subsidiaries

Ameriprise Financial, 
Inc

Kames Capital and 
associated entities

Dunarden Limited

3.03

3.03

8.51

J F Russell-Smith Charitable Trust 

Mr A G F Fuller

5.78

5.78

A B Earle Charitable Trust 

The estate of Mrs S B Stuart 

3.78

3.82

Dunarden Limited 

Mr R D Inverarity

Mr G F Inverarity 

Mr H D Williams

Miss S M Turner

Mr T J M Turner

Mr T J M Turner

Mr H D Williams 

Miss S M Turner

Mrs J Fuller

Fuller Family Members Trust

6.14

5.99

5.15

4.26

3.98

7.66

5.72

4.62

4.00

3.60

3.52

3.48

3.22

3.22

3.00

E) Shareholder matters

Special Business at this Year’s Annual 
General Meeting
Details	of	the	items	requiring	explanation	at	this	
year’s	Annual	General	Meeting	are	included	in	the	
circular	to	shareholders	dated	26	June	2014,	at	the	
back	of	which	is	the	Notice	of	Meeting.

Purchase of Own Shares 
At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	
held	on	25	July	2013,	the	Company	was	given	
authority	to	purchase	up	to	4,832,713	‘A’	ordinary	
shares.	This	authority	will	expire	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting	and	shareholders	will	be	asked	to	
give	a	similar	authority	to	purchase	shares	up	to	15%	of	
the	‘A’	ordinary	capital	at	that	date.	The	Company’s	
maximum	issued	ordinary	share	capital	during		
the	year	was	£22,793,726,	which	included	
£13,395,104	40p	‘A’	ordinary	share	capital.

During	the	year	the	Company	purchased	a	total		
of	445,819	40p	‘A’	ordinary	shares	at	a	total	cost	of 	
£4,213,658	(exclusive	of	stamp	duty).	Of	these,	
166,751	shares,	with	a	value	of	£1,137,212	were	
transferred	to	the	Company’s	Long	Term	Incentive	
Plan	(“LTIP”)	Trustee.	These	share	purchases	
represented	0.78%	of	the	maximum	issued	
ordinary	share	capital	and	1.33%	of	the	Company’s	
issued	‘A’	ordinary	share	capital.	

In	addition	the	Company	employee	share	
ownership	trusts	purchased	a	total	of	69,000	40p	
‘A’	ordinary	shares	at	a	total	cost	of	£632,882	for	the	
SIP	and	414,854	4p	‘B’	ordinary	shares	at	a	total	cost	
of	£365,121	and	5,000	‘C’	ordinary	shares	at		
a	total	cost	of	£40,000	for	the	LTIP.

behalf	of	employees	of	the	Company	who	are	
participants	in	its	Share	Incentive	Plan.	In	respect	of	
the	shares	that	have	been	allocated,	Computershare	
Trustees	Limited	exercises	voting	rights	in	relation	
to	those	shares,	having	consulted	with	the	
participants	about	their	voting	intentions.

During	the	year	314,325	of	the	40p	‘A’	shares	held	by	
the	Company	as	treasury	shares	were	reissued	in	
connection	with	the	Savings	Related	Share	Option	
Scheme,	the	Executive	Share	Option	Scheme		
and	the	Senior	Executive	Share	Option	Scheme,	
generating	net	cash	proceeds	of	£1,406,859.	A	total		
of	1,167,205	40p	‘A’	ordinary	shares	at	28	May	2014	
are	currently	held	as	treasury	shares.

Proposed Off Market Purchase
At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	on		
24	July	2014,	the	Company	will	seek	shareholder	
authority	for	the	Company	to	purchase	3,558,009	
4p	‘B’	Shares	from	James	Kendrick	Morgan	and	
Fiona	MacDonald	Hewitt,	the	executors	of	the	
estate	of	Mrs	Sylvia	Bridget	Stuart,	by	way	of	an		
off	market	purchase.

F) Share capital and articles 

Information	on	the	Company’s	capital	structure	
and	related	restrictions	is	given	in	note	26	to	the	
financial	statements.	Details	of	significant	
shareholdings	are	given	in	Section	D	above.

Computershare	Trustees	Limited	holds	1.28%	of	the	
issued	share	capital	of	40p	‘A’	ordinary	shares	on		

The	current	Articles	of	Association	(the	“Articles”)	
state	that	the	Board	may	appoint	Directors	and	
that	at	the	subsequent	Annual	General	Meeting,	
shareholders	may	elect	any	such	Director.	
Alternatively	the	Company	may	directly	appoint		
a	Director.	The	Articles	also	contain	the	power	for	
the	Company	to	remove	any	Director	by	special	
resolution	and	appoint	someone	in	his	place	by	
ordinary	resolution.	There	are	various	other	
circumstances	under	the	Articles	which	would	
mean	that	the	office	of	a	Director	would	be	
vacated,	including	if	he	resigns,	becomes	of	
unsound	mind	or	bankrupt.

At	every	Annual	General	Meeting	one-third	of	the	
Directors	who	are	subject	to	retirement	by	rotation	
or,	if	their	number	is	not	three	or	any	multiple		
of	three,	then	the	number	nearest	to	but	not	
exceeding	one-third	shall	retire	from	office	but,		
if	there	is	only	one	Director	who	is	subject	to	
retirement	by	rotation,	he	shall	retire.	In	addition,	if	
any	Director	has	at	the	start	of	the	Annual	General	
Meeting	been	in	office	for	more	than	three	years	
since	his	last	appointment	or	re-appointment	he	
shall	retire	at	that	Annual	General	Meeting.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 35

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Report continued

In	the	event	of	a	change	of	control	the	Company		
is	obliged	to	notify	its	main	bank	Lenders	of	such.	
The	Lenders	shall	not	be	obliged	to	fund	any	new	
borrowing	requests	and	the	facilities	will	lapse	after	
30	days	from	the	change	of	control	if	terms	on	
which	they	can	continue	have	not	been	agreed.		
All	borrowings	including	accrued	interest	will	
become	repayable	within	ten	days	of	such	a	lapse.

By	order	of	the	Board

Marie Gracie, FCIS
Company	Secretary

5	June	2014

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. 
Griffin	Brewery	
Chiswick	Lane	South	
Chiswick,	London	W4	2QB

Registered	number:	241882

The	Articles	do	not	contain	any	specific	provisions	
about	amendments	to	the	Articles	which	are	
therefore	governed	by	the	relevant	Companies	Act	
requirements	which	state	that	the	Articles	may	
only	be	amended	by	Special	Resolution.

Subject	to	the	Company’s	Memorandum	and	
Articles	of	Association	and	UK	legislation,	the	
business	of	the	Company	is	managed	by	the	Board	
which	may	exercise	all	the	powers	of	the	Company.	
The	Articles	of	the	Company	have	a	section	
entitled	“Powers	and	Duties	of	the	Board”	which	
sets	out	powers	such	as	the	rights	to	establish	local	
boards,	to	appoint	agents,	to	delegate	and	to	
appoint	persons	with	the	designation	“director”	
without	implying	that	the	person	is	a	Director	of	
the	Company.	There	are	further	sections	of	the	
Articles	entitled	“Allotment	of	Shares”	setting	out	
the	Board’s	power	to	issue	shares	and	purchase	the	
Company’s	own	shares,	and	entitled	“Borrowing	
Powers”	setting	out	the	provisions	concerning	the	
Company’s	power	to	borrow	and	give	security.	The	
Directors	have	been	authorised	to	allot	and	issue	
ordinary	shares.	These	powers	are	exercised	under	
authority	of	resolutions	of	the	Company	passed	at	
its	Annual	General	Meeting.

The	Group	has	entered	into	a	number	of	agreements	
with	the	major	brewers	operating	in	the	UK	under	
which	it	both	buys	and	sells	beers	and	these	
agreements	may	be	terminated	by	the	other	party	
should	the	Group	undergo	a	change	of	control.

36	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Directors’ Statement

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in Respect of the Financial Statements
The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	
Annual	Report	including	the	Strategic	Report,	the	
Directors’	Remuneration	Report	and	the	Group	
and	Company	financial	statements,	in	accordance	
with	applicable	United	Kingdom	law	and	those	
International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	
(“IFRSs”)	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union.

Under	Company	Law	the	Directors	must	not	
approve	the	financial	statements	unless	they	are	
satisfied	that	they	fairly	present	the	financial	
position,	financial	performance	and	cash	flows	of	
the	Company	and	of	the	Group	for	the	financial	
year.	In	preparing	the	Group	and	Company	
financial	statements,	the	Directors	are	required	to:

•	select	suitable	accounting	policies	in	accordance	

with	IAS	8	Accounting	Policies,	Changes	in	
Accounting	Estimates	and	Errors	and	then	apply	
them	consistently

•	present	information,	including	accounting	
policies,	in	a	manner	that	provides	relevant,	
reliable,	comparable	and	understandable	
information

•	provide	additional	disclosures	when	compliance	

with	the	specific	requirements	in	IFRSs	is	
insufficient	to	enable	users	to	understand	the	
impact	of	particular	transactions,	other	events	
and	conditions	on	the	Group	and	Company’s	
financial	position	and	financial	performance

•	state	that	the	Group	and	Company	have	

complied	with	IFRSs,	subject	to	any	material	
departures	disclosed	and	explained	in	the	
financial	statements

•	make	judgements	and	estimates	that	are	

reasonable	and	prudent,	and

•	prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	
concern	basis	unless	it	is	inappropriate	to	
presume	that	the	Company	will	continue	
in	business.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	
adequate	accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	to	
show	and	explain	the	Group’s	transactions	and	
disclose	with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	
financial	position	of	the	Group	and	Company	and	
enable	them	to	ensure	that	the	financial	
statements	and	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	
comply	with	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	
applicable	regulations,	including	the	requirements	
of	the	Listing	Rules	and	the	Disclosure	and	
Transparency	Rules	and	in	the	case	of	the	Group	
financial	statements,	with	Article	4	of	the	IAS	
Regulation.	They	are	also	responsible	for	

safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Group	and	hence	
for	taking	reasonable	steps	for	the	prevention	and	
detection	of	fraud	and	other	irregularities.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	
Annual	Report	in	accordance	with	applicable	laws	
and	regulations.	The	Directors	consider	the	Annual	
Report	and	the	financial	statements,	taken	as	a	
whole,	provides	the	information	necessary	to	
assess	the	Group	and	Company’s	performance,	
business	model	and	strategy	and	is	fair,	balanced	
and	understandable.

Statement as to Preparation of Financial 
Statements
The	Directors	confirm,	to	the	best	of	their	knowledge:

•	that	these	financial	statements,	prepared	in	
accordance	with	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	
European	Union,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	
assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	of	
the	Group	and	Company	taken	as	a	whole;	and

•	that	the	Annual	Report,	including	the	Strategic	

Report,	includes	a	fair	review	of	the	development	
and	performance	of	the	business	and	the	
position	of	the	Group	and	Company	taken		
as	a	whole,	together	with	a	description	of	the	
principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	they	face.

The	Directors	of	Fuller,	Smith	&	Turner	P.L.C.	are	
listed	on	pages	32	and	33.

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure  
of Information to Auditors
The	Directors	who	were	members	of	the	Board	at	
the	time	of	approving	the	Directors’	Report	are	
listed	on	pages	32	and	33.	Having	made	enquiries	
of	fellow	Directors	and	of	the	Company’s	auditors,	
each	of	these	Directors	confirms	that:

•	to	the	best	of	each	Director’s	knowledge	and	
belief,	there	is	no	information	relevant	to	the	
preparation	of	this	report	of	which	the	
Company’s	auditors	are	unaware;	and

•	each	Director	has	taken	all	the	steps	a	Director	
might	reasonably	be	expected	to	have	taken	to	
be	aware	of	any	relevant	audit	information	and	to	
establish	that	the	Company’s	auditors	are	aware	
of	that	information.

On	behalf	of	the	Board

Michael Turner 
Chairman	

5	June	2014	

James Douglas
Finance	Director

5	June	2014

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 37

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
 
Corporate Governance Report

In	terms	of	Board	balance,	I	chair	the	Nominations	
Committee	and	am	personally	involved	in	all	
Board	level	recruitment	so	I	am	able	to	ensure	that	
we	continue	to	have	a	good	balance	of	skills,	
experience,	independence	and	knowledge	on	our	
Board	and	our	Board	Committees.	I	am	satisfied	
that	our	Board	is	comprised	of	the	right	individuals	
who	have	the	skills	required	to	run	this	type	of	
business	and	to	respond	to	the	challenges	presented	
by	the	continually	changing	environment	in	which	
we	operate.	The	Board	recognises	the	importance	
of	all	types	of	diversity	for	Board	effectiveness	and	
has	recently	reviewed	the	Company’s	equal	
opportunities	policy.	We	continue	to	believe	that	
appointments	should	be	made	on	the	basis	of	
merit	against	the	selection	criteria	for	any	
particular	role.	

We	believe	that	you	can	only	have	an	effective	
Board	when	all	members	understand	what	is	
required	of	them	and	when	they	all	have	time		
to	conduct	their	duties.	All	of	our	Directors	have	
detailed	appointment	letters	or	contracts	which		
set	out	their	duties	.	We	confirm	that	appointment	
letters	for	Non-Executive	Directors	set	out	the	
expected	time	commitment	required.	We	also	
have	a	policy	that	the	Directors	can	only	take	on	
additional	roles	with	Board	approval.	In	line	with	
the	Code,	the	terms	of	appointment	for	all	our	
Non-Executives	specifically	state	that	the	role		
of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	is	to	challenge		
and	help	develop	strategy.

Finally	I	would	like	shareholders	to	understand	that	
I	am	in	charge	of	our	annual	Board	evaluation	
process.	I	am	aware	that	larger	PLCs	are	required	
to	seek	external	assistance	with	this	process	but		
do	not	believe	that	such	a	process	would	be	likely	
to	add	extra	value	as	long	as	our	own	process	is 	
robust.	I	believe	that	we	have	that	robustness	and	
that	the	process	encourages	a	healthy	debate	on	
things	that	could	be	improved.”

Michael Turner
Chairman

“I	am	pleased	to	confirm	that	I	see	it	as	the	
Chairman’s	responsibility	to	lead	the	Board	and	
make	sure	it	is	working	effectively.	This	year	we		
are	able	to	report	full	compliance	with	the	UK	
Corporate	Governance	Code	(the	“Code”).	There	
are	several	key	issues	that	I	wanted	to	comment	on.	
One	of	these	is	the	issue	of	succession	planning.	
This	is	a	complex	topic	for	a	business	that	has	very 	
low	turnover	amongst	its	senior	management	and	
is	still	very	much	a	family	controlled	concern	whilst	
also	being	a	listed	public	company.	However,	
succession	plans	continue	to	be	discussed	both	at	
Executive	Committee	and	Board	level.	Throughout	
the	rest	of	the	business,	succession	plans	are	in	
place	at	departmental	level	and	are	reviewed	
regularly	by	the	relevant	Directors	in	conjunction	
with	their	Executive	colleagues	and	their	personnel	
advisors.	Furthermore,	all	department	plans	are	
compiled	into	a	Company	succession	plan	which	
provides	effective	review	of	cross-departmental	
promotion	and	opportunities.	

38	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

A) Introduction and compliance

The	Board	of	Directors	is	committed	to	the	highest	
standards	of	corporate	governance	and	believes	
that	such	standards	are	critical	to	overall	business	
integrity	and	performance.	This	report	explains	
how	the	Company	applies	the	principles	of	the	
Code	which	shareholders	can	find	on	the	Financial	
Reporting	Council’s	website	at	www.frc.org.uk.

The	Company	has	complied	with	the	requirements	
of	the	Code,	as	applicable	to	a	smaller	quoted	
company,	throughout	the	financial	year.

The	information	that	is	required	by	Code	provision	
C.1.2	on	the	business	model	and	the	strategy	for	
delivering	the	Company’s	objectives	can	be	found	
in	the	Strategic	Report	on	page	6	to	29.	The	
information	relating	to	the	share	capital	of	the	
Company	that	is	required	by	DTR	7.2.6R	can	be	
found	within	the	Directors’	Report,	sections	E	and	F	
on	pages	35	and	36.

B) The Board

The Board’s Role
The	Board	of	Directors	is	collectively	responsible		
to	the	shareholders	for	the	performance	and	long	
term	success	of	the	Group.	Its	role	includes	the	
establishment,	review	and	monitoring	of	strategic	
objectives,	approval	of	major	acquisitions,	disposals	
and	capital	expenditure,	ownership	of	the	
corporate	values,	overseeing	the	Group’s	systems	
of	internal	control,	governance	and	risk	
management	and	ensuring	that	the	appropriate	
resources	are	in	place	to	deliver	these	and	fulfil		
the	Company’s	obligations	to	its	stakeholders.

How the Board Works
The	Board	governs	through	its	executive	
management,	and	formally	via	its	other	clearly	
mandated	Committees.	Each	standing	Board	
Committee	has	specific	written	terms	of	reference	
which	are	reviewed	by	the	Board	annually	and	
there	is	a	formal	list	of	Matters	Reserved	for	the	
Board	(which	is	also	reviewed	annually).	This	
distinguishes	between	matters	reserved	for	the	
Board	and	Executive	Committee	decisions.		
The	terms	of	reference	of	the	Audit,	Remuneration	
and	Nominations	Committees	are	available	on	the	
Company’s	website.	All	Committee	Chairmen	
report	orally	on	the	proceedings	of	their	
Committees	at	the	next	meeting	of	the	Board,	and	
the	minutes	of	the	meetings	of	all	Board	Committees	
(with	some	exceptions	on	remuneration	matters)	
are	provided	to	Board	members.	The	Chairman	
ensures	that	the	Executive	Directors	provide	
accurate	and	timely	information	for	Board	
meetings	which	is	then	open	to	debate	and	
challenge	by	all.	Meetings	enjoy	open	dialogue		
and	constructive	challenge	on	all	issues	is	
encouraged.	With	a	good	information	flow	

between	and	prior	to	Board	meetings,	decisions	
are	made	in	a	timely	manner	after	appropriate	
questions	are	dealt	with.	The	Board	has	adopted		
a	procedure,	in	accordance	with	the	Company’s	
Articles,	to	consider	and,	if	it	sees	fit,	to	authorise	
situations	where	a	Director	has	an	interest	that	
conflicts,	or	may	possibly	conflict,	with	the	interests	
of	the	Company.

Board Meetings
The	Board	meets	formally	at	least	six	times	a	year	
with	papers	circulated	a	week	in	advance	and	the	
agenda	and	papers	for	these	meetings	are	subject	
to	the	scrutiny	of	the	Chairman	and	the	Company	
Secretary.	However	the	Board	regularly	considers	
matters	on	an	ad	hoc	basis	between	scheduled	
meetings.	The	Executive	Committee	meets	
formally	at	least	eleven	times	a	year	and	also		
meets	informally	most	weeks.	There	is	thus		
a	regular	flow	of	information	at	Board	and	
Executive	Committee	level.

At	Board	meetings	the	agendas	cover	projects,	
analysis	of	the	market	in	which	the	Group	operates	
and	performance.	Each	of	the	Executive	Directors	
and	the	Company	Secretary	also	update	the	Board	
at	each	meeting	on	matters	for	which	they	are	
responsible.	The	Board	is	responsible	for	approving	
the	annual	budget	and	the	annual	and	half	year	

results.	The	Board	also	meets	away	from	the	
Griffin	Brewery	every	year	for	an	in-depth	review		
of	corporate	strategy,	and	other	agenda	items	
might	include	an	update	on	the	economy	and	a	
review	of	the	Group’s	competitors.	The	Non-
Executive	Directors	from	time	to	time	meet	with	
members	of	the	senior	management	team	at	the	
Brewery	and	also	spend	days	out	in	the	trade	with	
individual	members	of	that	team.	This	helps	to	
keep	the	Non-Executive	Directors	up	to	date	with	
the	operations	of	the	Group	and	also	provides	the	
Executive	Directors	with	valuable	feedback	about	
the	Company’s	people	and	its	operations.

The	Executive	Committee	is	chaired	by	Simon	
Emeny	and	its	meetings	focus	on	the	detail	of	the	
Group’s	performance.	The	Finance	Director	leads	
a	review	of	the	Group’s	management	accounts	and	
presents	updates	on	treasury	and	credit	control.	
Each	Executive	Director	and	the	Company	
Secretary	update	their	colleagues	on	the	key	issues	
facing	their	part	of	the	business.	There	is	a	good	
level	of	consultation	and	debate	at	these	meetings.	
The	list	of	Matters	Reserved	for	the	Board	sets	out	
which	matters	need	Board	approval	and	which	
decisions	can	be	made	at	Executive	Committee	
level.	Most	significant	business	decisions	are	made	
by	the	Board,	but	matters	such	as	health	and	safety	

policy	and	approving	major	contracts	are	taken	at	
Executive	Committee	level.	At	the	beginning	of	
most	Executive	Committee	meetings	a	Senior	
Manager	is	invited	to	join	the	meeting	and	talk		
to	the	Committee	about	the	issues	in	their	
department.	Three	times	a	year,	all	of	the	divisional	
directors	and	financial	controllers	join	together	
with	the	Executive	Committee	to	conduct		
a	detailed	review	of	the	half	year	and	full	year	
accounts,	and	to	construct	the	annual	budget,	
before	these	are	debated	at	Board	level.	

As	well	as	the	dialogue	within	the	boardroom,		
the	Non-Executive	Directors	meet	privately,		
under	the	leadership	of	the	Senior	Independent	
Director,	without	the	Executive	Directors	present.	
They	also	meet	with	the	Chairman	and	the	Chief	
Executive	on	a	regular	basis.	These	meetings	allow	
for	the	review	of	issues	faced	by	the	business,		
the	continuation	of	dialogue	on	strategic	issues,		
the	discussion	of	Board	appointments	when	
appropriate,	succession	planning,	and	the		
provision	of	support	to	the	Chairman	and		
the	Chief	Executive	in	their	roles.

Board and Committee  
Meeting Attendance 2013/2014

Total number of formal meetings

Michael Turner, Chairman 

Executive Directors 

Simon Emeny

James Douglas 

Richard Fuller

Ian Bray 

Jonathon Swaine

Non-Executive Directors

John Dunsmore

Sir James Fuller

Lynn Fordham

Alastair Kerr

Main
Board Meetings

Executive Board
 Meetings

5

11 

Main Board
Meetings

Executive Committee
 Meetings

Audit
Committee

4

Audit
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

4

Remuneration
 Committee

5

5

5

5

4

5

5

5

4

5

3*

11

11

11

11

11

–

–

–

–

**

**

**

–

–

–

3

–

4

4

**

**

–

–

–

–

3

–

4

4

Committee Memberships

Nominations

Audit, Remuneration,
Nominations

Audit, Remuneration,
Nominations

Audit, Remuneration

*	Michael	Turner	attended	the	three	meetings	that	were	held	before	he	became	Non-Executive	Chairman.	After	July	2013	he	no	longer	attended	Executive	Committee	meetings.
**These	Directors	are	not	members	of	the	Committees	but	are	invited	to	be	in	attendance	at	meetings.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 39

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Corporate Governance Report continued

Attendance at Board and  
Committee Meetings
The	table	above	gives	details	of	attendance	at	
Board	and	Committee	meetings	during	the	year.

The	Board	believes	that	all	of	its	members	have	
sufficient	time	to	discharge	their	duties	effectively.	
All	Directors	are	required	to	seek	permission	
before	accepting	any	external	appointments,	
therefore	Board	members	are	kept	fully	aware		
of	their	colleagues’	other	commitments.

Composition and Balance of the Board
On	1	July	2013,	Simon	Emeny	became	Chief	
Executive	and	Michael	Turner	continued	as	
Chairman	but	in	a	Non-Executive	capacity.	Apart	
from	this,	there	were	no	changes	to	the	Board.	
Michael	Turner	is	responsible	for	leading	the	Board	
and	ensuring	its	effectiveness	and	openness,	and	
that	communications	with	shareholders	are	valuable.	
The	Chairman	does	not	have	any	commitments	
which	constrain	his	ability	to	fulfil	his	role.	Simon	
Emeny	is	responsible	for	all	operational	aspects		
of	the	Group.

Currently	the	Company	has	four	Non-Executive	
Directors,	one	of	whom	(Sir	James	Fuller)	is	a	family	
member.	This	representation	is	very	important		
in	a	Company	with	a	high	proportion	of	family	
shareholders.	The	other	three	Non-Executive	
Directors,	all	of	whom	are	deemed	independent	
under	the	Code,	are	experienced	business	leaders	
and	all	of	the	Non-Executives	bring	a	wide	range	of	
skills	and	experiences	to	the	Board.	The	Directors	
consider	that	the	Board	is	well-balanced	as	it	has	
the	right	number	of	members	for	the	size	of	the	
Group	and	the	Directors	agree	that	no	one	
individual	dominates	discussions	and	that	each	
makes	a	full	and	positive	contribution.	The	
Directors’	biographies	are	on	pages	32	and	33.	John	
Dunsmore	is	the	Senior	Independent	Director	and	
an	industry	expert	who	brings	knowledge,	support	
and	advice	to	the	Chairman	and	all	the	other	
Board	members;	he	is	in	regular	dialogue	with	all	
Board	members	outside	of	Board	meetings	and	
co-ordinates	the	views	of	the	Non-Executive	
Directors	as	and	when	required.	All	of	the	
Independent	Non-Executive	Directors	are	
determined	by	the	Board	to	be	independent		
in	character	and	judgement	and	there	are	no	
relationships	or	circumstances	which	could	affect	
or	appear	to	affect	their	judgement;	all	are	
appointed	for	specified	terms.	The	details	of	the	
Non-Executive	Directors’	respective	arrangements	
are	as	set	out	in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	
Report	on	pages	44	to	61	and	are	available	for	
inspection	at	the	Company’s	registered	office.

Advice for the Board
There	is	in	place	a	procedure	under	which	
Directors	can	obtain	independent	professional	
advice.	The	Directors	also	have	access	to	the	
advice	and	services	of	the	Company	Secretary	
who	is	responsible	to	the	Board	for	ensuring	that	
Board	procedures	are	complied	with.	The	
Directors	are	satisfied	that	any	concerns	they	raise	
at	Board	meetings	are	recorded	in	the	minutes.	
The	Company	maintains	appropriate	insurance	
cover	in	respect	of	legal	action	against	its	Directors	
and	Officers.

Professional Development
All	Directors	attend	training	courses,	industry	
forums	and	specialist	briefings	relevant	to	their	role	
throughout	the	year.	Occasionally,	specialists	such	
as	the	Company’s	actuary	or	corporate	lawyer	join	
a	Board	meeting	to	brief	the	Board	on	a	particular	
topic.	Both	the	Board	and	the	Executive	Committee	
visit	Group	pubs	and	hotels	as	part	of	the	Board	
meeting	programme.	On	these	and	on	other	
occasions,	Board	meetings	may	be	held	in	the	
Group’s	pubs,	with	the	aim	of	keeping	the	Directors	
familiar	with	the	Group’s	estate.	Executive	
Directors	are	permitted	to	hold	one	other	paid	
directorship,	with	the	Board’s	consent,	as	the	Board	
believes	that	experience	of	how	other	boards	work	
enhances	the	Directors’	contribution	to	Fuller’s.	
Simon	Emeny	currently	holds	such	a	Directorship	
at	Dunelm	Group	plc.

Board Evaluation
The	Chairman	conducts	an	annual	evaluation	of	
the	Board,	where	all	Board	members	are	asked	to	
rate	the	Board’s	work	across	a	number	of	different	
topics,	with	constructive	criticism	encouraged,	via	
the	medium	of	a	questionnaire.	The	questionnaire	
includes	questions	on	the	balance	of	skills,	experience,	
independence	and	knowledge,	diversity	(including	
gender	diversity),	how	the	Board	works	as	a	unit	
and	other	factors	relevant	to	its	effectiveness.	
Where	necessary	the	Chairman	seeks	clarification	
on	the	responses	given;	he	then	consolidates	the	
responses	and	reports	back	to	the	Board,	highlighting	
significant	improvements	and	deteriorations	in	any	
particular	area	by	comparing	results	with	previous	
years’	outputs	and	agreeing	actions	to	tackle	any	
areas	requiring	improvement.	Unattributed	
comments	of	significance	are	shared	with	all.		
This	year	the	results	were	fractionally	lower	than	
last	year’s	very	high	scores,	although	most	scores	
for	individual	questions	were	above	the	scorings	for	
last	year.	The	results	did	provide	some	insight	into	
areas	that	could	still	be	improved	further	and	these	
were	debated	at	a	Board	meeting	and	were	the	

Chairman’s	focus	in	terms	of	follow	up.	The	Audit	
and	Remuneration	Committees	conduct	similar	
assessments	and	their	work	is	also	commented	
upon	in	the	evaluation	conducted	by	the	Chairman.	
This	year	both	the	Audit	and	Remuneration	
Committees	updated	their	questionnaires	to	make	
them	more	comprehensive	and	more	consistent	
with	each	other.	The	Senior	Non-Executive	
Director	annually	appraises	the	Chairman’s	
performance,	having	first	consulted	with	the	other	
Non-Executive	Directors	and	also	the	Executive	
team.	The	appraisal	of	the	other	Executive	
Directors	and	the	Company	Secretary	is	
conducted	annually	by	the	Chairman	or	Chief	
Executive	and,	as	part	of	the	appraisal	process,	
individual	training	and	development	needs	are	
discussed.	The	annual	appraisal	of	the	Non-
Executive	Directors	is	conducted	by	the	Chairman,	
following	consultation	with	the	Executive	team.

Board Re-election
The	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company		
ensure	that	all	Directors	are	subject	to	election	by	
shareholders	at	the	first	Annual	General	Meeting	
(“AGM”)	after	their	appointment	and	to	re-election	
at	three	yearly	intervals.

C) Board Committees

The Nominations Committee
The	Nominations	Committee	Chairman	is	Michael	
Turner	and	the	other	members	are	John	Dunsmore	
and	Lynn	Fordham.	It	is	responsible	for	nominating	
candidates	for	appointment	as	Directors,	for	approval	
by	the	Board	although	the	full	Board	will	also	typically	
informally	discuss	Board	appointments.	The	
Committee	did	not	meet	during	the	year	as	no	
appointments	were	made.	The	Board	has	recently	
reviewed	the	Company’s	equal	opportunities	policy	
which	requires	that	all	who	work	for	the	Company	
have	appropriate	regard	for	diversity	in	their	decision	
making.	The	Board	also	discussed	Lord	Davies’	
recommendations,	but	does	not	believe	that	setting	
percentage	targets	for	the	number	of	women	on	the	
Board	is	appropriate,	given	the	key	principle	of	
appointing	on	merit.	As	and	when	board	vacancies	
arise	and	should	the	support	of	an	executive	search	
firm	be	required,	the	Board	and	the	Nominations	
Committee	will	ensure	that	it	only	uses	firms	that	
have	signed	up	to	their	industry’s	Voluntary	Code		
of	Conduct	(prepared	in	response	to	Lord	Davies’	
report).	Further	information	on	gender	diversity	
across	the	business	can	be	found	in	the	Corporate	
and	Social	Responsibility	Report	on	page	27.

The Remuneration Committee
Information	about	the	Remuneration	Committee	
and	Remuneration	Policy	is	given	in	the	Directors’	
Remuneration	Report.

40	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

The Audit Committee

Lynn Fordham
Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee

The	Audit	Committee	of	the	Board,	chaired	by	
Lynn	Fordham,	comprises	the	three	Independent	
Non-Executive	Directors	and	meets	at	least	four	
times	a	year.	The	members	of	the	Audit	
Committee	consider	that	they	have	the	requisite	
skills	and	experience	to	fulfil	the	responsibilities	of	
the	Committee.	In	addition,	the	Chairman,	the	
Chief	Executive,	the	Finance	Director	and	
members	of	the	finance	team	join	the	meetings	on	
a	regular	basis	as	do	the	external	Audit	Partner	and	
Audit	Manager.

Significant Issue

Impairment testing

Pension accounting

Exceptional items

The	Audit	Committee	has	responsibility	for		
the	oversight	of	the	external	audit	function.		
At	the	request	of	the	Board,	the	Audit	Committee	
provides	confirmation	to	the	Board	as	to	how	it	has	
discharged	its	responsibilities	so	that	the	Board		
can	be	satisfied	that	information	presented	in	the	
Annual	Report	is	fair,	balanced	and	understandable.	

During	its	review	of	the	Group’s	financial	
statements	for	the	year	to	29	March	2014,	the	
Audit	Committee	considered	the	following	
significant	issues,	including	those	communicated	
by	the	Auditors	during	their	reporting:

The	Chairman	of	the	Audit	Committee	
encourages	comprehensive	debate	and	scrutiny		
of	management’s	and	auditors’	reports	by	the	
Committee	members.	She	also	meets	with	the	
manager	responsible	for	internal	audits,	the	
external	Audit	Partner	and	the	Finance	Director	
outside	of	Audit	Committee	meetings	to	give	
them	the	opportunity	to	raise	any	concerns	they	
may	have	about	their	work	or	their	roles	and	to	
provide	advice	and	support	as	required.	

The	Audit	Committee’s	responsibilities	are	
outlined	in	the	Committee’s	terms	of	reference	
and	cover	all	those	matters	required	by	the	Code.	
The	Committee	has	a	meeting	planner	which	sets	
out	the	key	items	to	be	covered	at	its	regular	
meetings	which	include	reviewing	the	financial	
statements	and	announcements,	monitoring	
changes	in	accounting	practices	and	policies	and	
reviewing	decisions	with	a	significant	element	of	
judgement.	In	addition,	the	Audit	Committee	is	
responsible	for	ensuring	that	the	Company’s	risk	
monitoring	programme,	internal	audit	processes	
and	regulatory	compliance	are	appropriate.	At	all	
meetings	an	update	on	risk	management	is	
presented.	The	Chairman	of	the	Committee	
encourages	debate	and	discussion	of	topical	issues	
outside	of	the	routine	agenda	items	and	ensures	
that	such	discussions	are	held	at	least	twice	a	year.	

How the issue was addressed

The	Committee	considered	the	proposed	impairment	of	property	assets	for	both	the	Half	Year	Report	and 	
the	Annual	Report.	The	Committee	was	satisfied	with	the	approach	presented	by	management	and	the 	
judgements	made	for	those	properties	at	risk	of	impairment.

The	Committee	considered	the	accounting	for	the	Group’s	defined	benefit	plan	including	the	impact	on	the 	
Group’s	accounting	policies	following	the	implementation	of	IAS	19	(revised)	Employee	Benefits	in	the	year.

The	Committee	was	satisfied	with	the	proposed	accounting	treatment	and	revised	disclosures	in	the 		
financial	statements.

The	Committee	considered	the	nature	of	items	classified	as	‘Exceptional’	in	the	financial	statements. 		
The	Committee	was	satisfied	that	the	items	management	proposed	to	show	as	exceptional	are	not 		
linked	to	the	underlying	trading	of	the	Group.	

Exceptional	items	continue	to	include:

•	Profit	or	loss	on	property	disposals

•	Business	acquisition	costs	expensed

•	Changes	to	onerous	leases	provisions

•	Net	charge	on	property	impairment

•	Net	movement	on	revaluation	of	financial	instruments	that	do	not	meet	the	requirements 		

for	hedge	accounting.

It	was	also	decided	to	show	the	one-off	reorganisational	costs	incurred	in	the	year	and	the	net	interest 	
expense	on	the	Group’s	defined	benefit	pension	plan	as	exceptional	as	neither	is	associated	with	the	Group’s 	
underlying	trading.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 41

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Corporate Governance Report continued

Significant Issue

How the issue was addressed

Acquisition of Cornish Orchards  
and Sierra Nevada

The	Committee	considered	separately	the	proposed	accounting	for	the	acquisitions	of	Cornish	Orchards 	
Limited	and	the	business	of	importing	and	distributing	Sierra	Nevada	products	in	the	United	Kingdom.

In	both	cases,	the	Committee	received	papers	detailing	the	proposed	accounting	and	judgements	made. 		
The	Committee	was	satisfied	with	the	approaches	taken.

Leases – in particular impairment  
and onerous leases

The	Committee	considered	the	proposed	accounting	for	onerous	lease	commitments	based	on	the 	
individual	circumstances	of	a	number	of	properties.	In	all	cases,	the	Committee	was	satisfied	with	the 	
proposed	accounting	treatment.

Going concern

The	Committee	is	satisfied	that	the	Directors	have	considered	a	number	of	possible	cash	flow	scenarios	and 	
have	determined	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources,	an	appropriate	financial	structure	and	suitable 	
management	arrangements	in	place	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.

The	Committee	acknowledges	that	the	Group’s	banking	facilities	expire	in	a	period	less	than	12	months 		
from	the	date	of	the	financial	statements.	Having	made	sufficient	enquiries	of	management	and	the	Finance 	
Director,	the	Committee	is	satisfied	that	the	Group	will	have	no	difficulty	in	continuing	to	borrow	at	levels 		
that	will	allow	the	Group	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future.

The	Board	was	made	fully	aware	of	any	significant	
financial	reporting	issues	and	judgements	made		
in	connection	with	the	preparation	of	the		
financial	statements.	

Other	items	discussed	in	the	year	included	the	
accounting	for	gains	on	property	disposals,	taxation,	
discussion	of	the	Company’s	risk	management	
process,	consideration	of	selected	individual	risks	
from	the	risk	register,	discussion	of	the	internal	
audit	work	completed	during	the	year	and	progress	
on	actions	arising	from	both	risk	management	and	
internal	audits.

The	Audit	Committee	has	a	primary	responsibility	
for	making	recommendations	to	the	Board	on	the	
re-appointment	and	removal	of	external	auditors.	
During	the	year,	the	Company	put	the	role	of	the	
auditors	to	tender	and	following	an	additional	
meeting	of	the	Committee	in	July,	at	which	tenders	
from	three	firms	for	audit	services	were	received,	
the	decision	to	appoint	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	
was	made.	The	Company’s	year	ended	29	March	
2014	is	therefore	the	first	of	a	five	year	maximum	
term	that	the	current	Audit	Partner	has	been	in	the	
role	for	the	Company.

There	is	in	place	a	whistle	blowing	policy,	which		
is	overseen	by	the	Audit	Committee,	and	which	
allows	staff	to	raise	any	concerns	in	confidence,	
directly	with	the	Chairman	of	the	Audit	
Committee.	Posters	reminding	staff	about	the	
existence	of	the	policy	and	how	it	may	be	used		
are	reissued	annually	in	order	to	maintain	a	good	
awareness	of	the	whistle	blowing	arrangements	
throughout	the	Company.	

The	Committee	also	reviewed	its	own	
effectiveness	during	the	year.

The	Directors’	statement	on	the	Company’s	
system	of	internal	controls	is	set	out	on	page	37.

D) Accountability

Auditors
The	Committee	is	happy	for	the	Board	to	
recommend	to	shareholders	the	re-election	of	
Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	who	were	appointed	in	
September	2013	following	a	formal	tender	process	
outlined	above.	Their	effectiveness	will	be	formally	
reviewed	by	the	Committee	at	the	September	
2014	meeting,	although	there	are	no	issues	of	
concern	with	their	performance	to	date.

The	Group’s	auditors	may	from	time	to	time	
provide	non-audit	services	to	the	Company.		
The	fees	paid	to	Grant	Thornton	UK	LLP	for	audit	
services	were	£88,000,	for	audit	related	services	
were	£16,000	and	for	non-audit	related	services	
were	£4,000.	The	Committee	imposes	an	upper	
limit	of	£50,000	per	annum	on	the	amount	that	
the	finance	team	can	spend	with	the	auditors	for	
non-audit	items	without	specific	approval	from	the	
Committee.	It	is	Group	policy	to	seek	quotations	
from	multiple	providers	for	significant	non-audit	
services	and	only	to	appoint	the	provider	(which		
could	then	be	the	auditors)	that	offers	the	best	
combination	of	price	and	expertise.	The	non-audit	
services	were	provided	in	the	year	by	a	team	
independent	of	those	providing	audit	services.

Internal Control and Risk Management
The	Board	has	overall	responsibility	for	the	Group’s	
system	of	internal	control	and	management	of	risks	
and	reviewing	its	effectiveness.	The	system	is	
designed	to	provide	reasonable	but	not	absolute	
assurance	of:

•	The	mitigation	of	risks	which	might	cause	the	

failure	of	business	objectives

•	No	material	misstatements	or	losses

•	The	safeguarding	of	assets	against	unauthorised	

use	or	disposition

•	The	maintenance	of	proper	accounting	records	
and	the	reliability	of	financial	information	used	
within	the	business	or	for	publication

•	Compliance	with	applicable	laws	and	regulations.

The	business	maintains	business	continuity	plans,	
and	exercises	these	plans	on	an	annual	basis.

Management	within	the	Finance	Department	are	
responsible	for	the	appropriate	maintenance	of	
financial	records	and	processes	that	ensure	that		
all	financial	information	is	relevant,	reliable,		
in	accordance	with	the	applicable	laws	and		
regulations,	and	distributed	both	internally	and	
externally	in	a	timely	manner.	A	review	of	the	
financial	statements	is	completed	by	management	
to	ensure	that	the	financial	position	and	results	of	
the	Group	are	appropriately	reflected.	All	financial	
information	published	by	the	Group	is	subject	to	
the	review	of	the	Audit	Committee.

42	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

The	Board	has	reviewed	the	effectiveness	of	the	
Group’s	system	of	internal	control	which	has	also	
been	discussed	in	detail	by	the	Audit	Committee,	
including	taking	account	of	material	developments	
since	the	year	end.	The	review	covers	all	material	
controls	including	financial	and	operational	
controls,	compliance	and	risk	management	
systems.	Where	weaknesses	are	identified,	actions	
to	address	them	are	agreed.	

The	Board	has	procedures	in	place	necessary	to	
follow	the	Turnbull	Guidance	(“Internal	Control:	
Guidance	for	Directors	on	the	Combined	Code”)	
for	the	full	financial	year.	The	Financial	and	Risk	
Analyst	co-ordinates	this	process	by	leading	regular	
risk	assessment	workshops	in	which	new	risks	are	
identified	and	added	to	the	risk	register,	and	
existing	risks	re-evaluated	by	the	risk	owners.	
Regular	meetings,	chaired	by	the	Executive	
Directors,	are	held	in	addition	to	the	workshops		
in	order	to	assess	the	effectiveness	of	the	controls	
that	are	in	place,	identify	new	risks	and	review	
existing	risk	mitigation	plans.	

Key	elements	of	the	system	of	internal	control	
designed	to	address	significant	risks	and	
uncertainties,	as	documented	on	pages	22		
and	23,	include:

•	Clearly	defined	levels	of	responsibility	and	

delegation	throughout	the	Group,	together	with	
well-structured	reporting	lines	up	to	the	Board

•	The	preparation	of	comprehensive	annual	

budgets	for	each	division,	including	commentary	
on	key	business	opportunities	and	risks,	approved	
by	the	Executive	Directors	and	further	reviewed	
by	the	Board	on	a	consolidated	basis

•	An	Executive	Committee	review	of	actual	

monthly	results	against	budget,	together	with	
commentary	on	significant	variances	and	
updates	of	both	profit	and	cash	flow	expectations	
for	the	year

•	A	detailed	investment	approval	process	requiring	

Board	authorisation	for	all	major	projects

•	Detailed	post-implementation	appraisals	of	

major	capital	expenditure	projects

•	Regular	reporting	of	legal	and	accounting	

developments	to	the	Board

•	Regular	review	of	the	Group’s	risk	register	and	
discussion	of	significant	risks	by	the	Board	and	
Audit	Committee,	which	among	other	things	
takes	account	of	the	significance	of	
environmental,	social	and	governance	matters		
to	the	business

•	Monitoring	of	accident	statistics	and	the	results		

of	health	and	safety	audits

•	Maintenance	of	an	ISO	900	certified	quality	

control	system.

The	Group	does	not	have	a	formal	internal	audit	
function	and,	after	a	review	by	the	Audit	Committee	
and	the	Board,	the	Board	has	confirmed	that	it	
believes	that	the	existing	arrangements	for	internal	
audit	are	appropriate.	Management	may	from	time	
to	time	augment	the	internal	resource	for	these	
audits	with	specialist	external	resources.	The	
Group	carries	out	internal	audits	on	financial	areas	
according	to	a	programme	agreed	between	the	
Audit	Committee	and	the	Finance	Director	and	
with	input	from	the	other	Executive	Directors	and	
the	external	auditors	as	appropriate.	The	audits		
are	co-ordinated	by	an	experienced	senior	
member	of	the	finance	team	and	are	undertaken	
by	other	members	of	the	finance	team;	in	each	
case	the	person	undertaking	the	audit	is	
independent	of	the	area	which	is	the	subject	of	the	
audit.	The	internal	audit	reports,	the	management	
responses	and	the	recommended	actions	are	
presented	in	summary	form	to	the	Audit	
Committee	on	a	regular	basis.	There	are	also	in	
place	procedures	to	ensure	recommended	actions	
are	implemented.	During	the	year,	audits	were	
performed	on	payroll	systems	and	controls,	the	
Fuller’s	Inns	cash	controls	and	hotel	commissions	
accounting	as	well	as	a	number	of	reviews	on	other	
internal	processes.	

In	addition,	the	Group	employs	a	team	of	retail	
business	auditors	who	monitor	the	controls	in	
place	in	the	Managed	Pub	estate,	in	particular	
those	over	stock	and	cash.	This	team	reports	
directly	to	the	Fuller’s	Inns	Financial	Controller	but	
their	Manager	attends	Audit	Committee	meetings	
twice	a	year	to	discuss	the	progress	his	team	is	
making	and	the	issues	they	are	dealing	with.

E) Relations with shareholders

The	Company	has	an	ongoing	programme	of	
individual	meetings	with	institutional	shareholders,	
allowing	the	Company	to	update	shareholders	on	
the	performance	of	the	business	and	the	strategy	
for	the	future,	and	to	give	shareholders	an	
opportunity	to	discuss	corporate	governance	
matters.	The	Company’s	brokers	contact	key	
shareholders	to	establish	if	they	would	like	to	see		
the	Chief	Executive	and	Finance	Director	in	the	
days	following	their	presentation	to	the	City	on	the	

preliminary	and	half	year	results.	The	Chairman,	
Richard	Fuller	and	Sir	James	Fuller	are	the	key	
contacts	with	the	Company’s	family	shareholders	
and	Sir	James	Fuller	has	a	specific	role	to	keep	in	
touch	with	those	shareholders.	The	Senior	
Independent	Director	and	the	other	Non-
Executive	Directors	are	all	willing	to	attend	
meetings	with	shareholders	or	to	be	contacted	by	
shareholders	should	they	have	any	concerns	which	
have	not	been	resolved	through	the	normal	
channels.	The	Non-Executive	Directors	have	had	
no	such	requests	during	the	last	financial	year.	All	
Board	members	receive	copies	of	feedback	reports	
from	the	City	presentations	and	meetings	with	
shareholders,	thus	keeping	them	in	touch	with	
shareholder	opinion.

The	Board	supports	the	use	of	the	Annual	General	
Meeting	to	communicate,	in	particular,	with	private	
investors,	and	the	Chairman	and	Chief	Executive	
make	a	detailed	presentation	to	shareholders	
updating	them	on	the	Company’s	performance	
and	progress.	The	Public	Relations	team	also	
attends	the	Annual	General	Meeting	and	provides	
further	information	to	shareholders	about	the	
Company	through	photo	boards	featuring	pub		
and	product	information.	The	Board	is	also	keen		
to	encourage	institutional	investors	to	attend	the	
meeting.	In	line	with	the	duties	set	out	in	the	
Stewardship	Code	for	institutional	shareholders	
published	in	July	2010.	Should	they	have	concerns	
over	any	issues	being	voted	upon	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting,	they	can	then	meet	all	the	
Directors	and	discuss	them	in	person,	particularly,	
if	they	have	declined	an	invitation	for	an	individual	
meeting.	The	Chairman	arranges	for	the	Chairman	
of	each	of	the	Company’s	Board	Committees	to	
answer	relevant	questions	at	the	meeting	and	
encourages	all	Directors	to	be	present.

By	order	of	the	Board

Marie Gracie, FCIS
Company	Secretary

5	June	2014

Griffin Brewery 
Chiswick	Lane	South	
Chiswick,	London	W4	2QB

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 43

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report

If	it	transpires	that	commitments	have	been	made	
which	are	consistent	with	the	Remuneration	Policy	
that	was	in	force	before	the	passing	of	any	new	
Remuneration	Policy,	they	may	still	be	honoured	
and	the	Committee	will	retain	the	right	to	
authorise	emergency	payments	which	may	fall	
outside	of	the	approved	Remuneration	Policy	in	
exceptional	circumstances.	The	Committee	
envisages	that	it	would	be	very	rare	for	such	
circumstances	to	arise	but	that	it	could	be	
disproportionate	to	have	to	seek	shareholder	
approval	for	a	revised	policy	in	such	circumstances,	
although	any	such	payments	would	of	course	be	
disclosed	to	shareholders	in	the	following	
Remuneration	Report.	

You	will	see	that	our	policy	continues	to	be	
consistent	with	the	policy	we	operated	during	the	
previous	financial	year	and	the	only	major	decisions	
on	Directors’	remuneration	made	were	the	pay	
awards	granted	in	June	2013.	However,	there	is	a	
change	to	Directors’	remuneration	that	was	not	
made	during	the	last	financial	year	but	will	affect	
future	remuneration,	which	is	that	we	have	
introduced	malus	and	clawback	provisions	to	both	
the	bonus	scheme	and	future	grants	made	under	
the	Long	Term	Incentive	Plan	(“LTIP”).	Shareholders	
may	recall	that	in	last	year’s	remuneration	report	
we	did	advise	that	this	was	under	consideration.	
These	changes	have	been	made	in	the	context	of	
current	best	practice.

The	second	part	of	the	report	shows	you	the	detail	
of	how	the	policy	has	been	applied	in	the	last	
financial	year.	That	part	of	the	report	will	be	subject	
to	your	approval	in	the	same	way	as	it	was	last	year.

There	have	not	been	any	significant	changes	to	
remuneration	during	the	financial	year	and	
therefore	we	have	not	engaged	with	shareholders,	
but	if	you	would	like	to	make	any	comments	on	
this	new	report,	I	will	be	happy	to	hear	them.	I	
hope	that	you	find	the	new	style	report	clear	and	
comprehensive	and	that	it	helps	demonstrate	how	
what	the	Executive	Directors	earn	is	very	much	
linked	to	the	Company’s	performance,	and	that	
you	are	able	to	support	the	resolutions	on	
remuneration	in	the	Notice	of	Meeting.	

Alastair Kerr
Chairman	of	the	Remuneration	Committee

5	June	2014

Statement of the Remuneration 
Committee Chairman

Dear	Shareholder	

On	behalf	of	the	Board,	I	am	pleased	to	present	the	
Remuneration	Report	for	the	52	weeks	ended	29	
March	2014,	in	a	new	format	which	reflects	the	new	
regulations	governing	Directors’	remuneration.	

The	report	is	in	two	separate	sections	–	the	first	
part	covers	the	Company’s	Remuneration	Policy	
for	all	of	its	Main	Board	Directors	(set	out	on	pages	
32	and	33)	and	is	designed	to	explain	to	shareholders	
how	that	policy	supports	the	Company’s	strategy.	
This	will	be	put	to	shareholders	for	approval	in		
a	binding	vote	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	on	
24	July	2014.	Subject	to	your	approval,	the	policy	
will	be	effective	immediately	after	the	meeting		
on	24	July	2014.	Companies	are	being	asked	to	set	
their	policy	for	several	years	and	we	shall	ask	you		
to	approve	it	for	a	period	of	three	years,	on	the 	
understanding	that,	should	there	be	any	market	or	
regulatory	changes	that	suggest	the	policy	should	
be	updated,	we	will	ask	shareholders	to	approve	
suitable	revisions	to	the	policy	within	that	period.		

44	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

The	Committee	believes	that	the	Remuneration	
Policy	is	consistent	with	its	risk	management	policy	
in	that	existing	remuneration	structures	do	not	
encourage	management	to	take	inappropriate	
risks	to	achieve	targets.	It	is	felt	that	there	is	a	very 	
low	risk	of	short	term	decisions	driving	annual	
bonus	payouts	and	the	focus	is	very	much	based	
on	a	long	term	remuneration	model,	delivering	
value	through	the	Company’s	various	share	plans.

Here	are	the	various	elements	of	the	Directors’	
remuneration	and	the	different	performance	
conditions	that	apply	to	them.	

Report on Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This	policy	has	been	prepared	in	compliance	with	
Part	4	of	Schedule	8	to	the	Large	and	Medium-
sized	Companies	and	Groups	(Accounts	and	
Reports)	(Amendment)	Regulations	2013.	If	this	
Remuneration	Policy	is	approved	by	the	
Company’s	shareholders	at	the	AGM	on	24	July	
2014,	the	Company	intends	to	make	all	future	
payments	to	its	Directors	consistent	with	this	
policy	for	three	years	from	the	end	of	the	AGM	
unless	amended	by	the	shareholders	at	an	
intervening	general	meeting.

The	Company’s	Remuneration	Policy	is	designed	
to	support	its	business	strategy	of	creating	
shareholder	value	and	increasing	earnings	per	
share	(“EPS”)	in	the	longer	term	for	its	shareholders.	
In	order	to	do	so	it	must	attract,	retain	and	
motivate	a	high	calibre	Executive	Director	team		
to	deliver	this.	The	policy	is	therefore	to	provide	
competitive	packages	for	the	Executives,	through	
reflecting	the	Group’s	performance	against	
financial	objectives	and	rewarding	above	average	
performance.	Accordingly,	the	key	elements	are:

•	A	significant	proportion	of	performance	related	

pay	that	rewards	Executives	in	line	with	Company	
performance	and	strongly	aligns	their	interests	
with	those	of	shareholders

•	Personal	bonus	targets	for	operational	Directors	
that	focus	on	delivery	of	the	strategic	drivers	for	
growth	in	the	Company’s	business	strategy

•	Base	pay	that	rewards	above	average	

performance	and	remains	competitive

•	A	competitive	range	of	benefits	

•	Participation	in	a	range	of	share	schemes	

including	an	LTIP.

When	setting	the	Remuneration	Policy	the	
Committee	considered	the	Group’s	performance	
on	environmental,	social	and	governance	matters.	
The	Committee	does	not	believe	that	the	existing	
incentive	structure	raises	any	environmental,	
governance	or	social	risks	by	inadvertently	
motivating	irresponsible	behaviour.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 45

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Executive Directors (“Executives”)

Element

Base
Salary 

Purpose – how the element supports the short and  
long term strategic objectives of the Company

Operation

To recruit, retain and reward high calibre Executives to deliver  
the Company’s strategy. The salary will reflect each role, the 
importance of that role to the business and the experience  
the individual brings to it.

The Committee sets the base salary and this is reviewed taking into 
account inflation, individual and corporate performance.
From time to time, advisors are commissioned to obtain benchmarking 
data for companies in the sector and/or of a similar size, to check  
market positioning.

Opportunity

Performance measures  

and reason for selection

Annual salary reviews take effect from 1 June in any year. 

Not applicable.

The Committee expects to target salaries around the 

median to upper quartile of similar-sized businesses.

Benefits

To recruit and retain Executives by providing competitive  
benefits which also protect Executives and provide 
preventative care for them. 

Annual Bonus

To incentivise Executives to deliver performance in line with  
the Group strategy and to align their interests with those  
of shareholders.

The Company offers Executives a range of benefits which include:
• Car allowance
• Paid holidays
• Life insurance
• Private healthcare
• Product allowance 
• A private account which allows the purchase of goods at cost price 

plus VAT 

• Subscriptions to professional bodies or other relevant organisations
• Regular medical check-ups
• Permanent health insurance.

Bonus targets are set annually in relation to the profit achieved by  
The Fuller’s Beer Company, Fuller’s Inns and the Group. The performance 
measures are weighted dependent on the responsibilities of each 
Executive and are designed to be stretching.
The target for the bonus includes the cost of the bonus itself. 

The benefits offered are those typically offered at this level. 

Not applicable.

Car allowances are reviewed every January. Product 

allowances are reviewed from time to time but not typically 

increased every year. The cost of providing the insurance 

products varies from year to year. 

Change in year and provisions  

for malus and clawback (if any)

Executive salaries were increased  

by between 0% and 2.26% in June 

2013. Simon Emeny’s salary was 

increased to £375,000 in July 

2013 to reflect his promotion to 

Chief Executive. Michael Turner’s 

salary was £400,000 until he 

became Non-Executive Chairman 

in July 2013 when his fees were set 

at £250,000 per annum.

Car allowances were adjusted in 

line with inflation in January 2014. 

The cost of insurance products 

varies due to external insurance 

cost variations.

Share Options

Executive Share 
Option Scheme

Senior Executive 
Share Scheme

SAYE Scheme

SIP

To align the interests of Executives with those of shareholders.  An HMRC-approved Executive Share Option Scheme (the “Approved 
Scheme”) under which options may be granted periodically up to the 
HMRC limit. Once options have vested they must be exercised before  
the tenth anniversary of grant.

A Senior Executive Share Option Scheme (the “Senior Scheme”) under 
which options are no longer granted.

was 20% of salary per annum.

The maximum benefit granted under the Senior Scheme 

Senior Scheme options vest at 40% (minimum) when growth 

The Senior Scheme expired in  

The Save as You Earn Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”) is available to all 
employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. with at least one year’s service. 
Under the SAYE Scheme, options are granted over the Company’s 40p 
‘A’ ordinary shares at a discount of 20% on the prevailing market price  
at the time of the grant.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. who have completed five 
months of service in November (in any year) are eligible to receive free 
40p ‘A’ ordinary shares in December of that year through an HMRC- 
approved Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”). Shares are held by the Trustees  
of the Scheme for a minimum of three years and a maximum of five years 
before being available to be passed to participants.

Under the SAYE Scheme rules eligible employees may 

None. There is no requirement for performance targets  

No change.

agree to save up to £250 per month over a period of three 

in SAYE schemes.

or five years and then purchase shares within six months of 

the end of the term.

Shares are awarded based on length of service and base 

None. There is no requirement for performance targets  

No change.

salary. The maximum value of the shares allowable under 

in SIPs.

the Scheme is £3,000 in any one year.

The maximum payout under the bonus scheme is 75%  

The actual performance measures for 2014 are linked 

New bonus targets were agreed  

of salary. No payout would be made if the minimum 

to the EPS and profit targets contained in the Group 

in April 2014 for the financial year 

threshold on the bonus target schedules is not achieved.  

budget for Fuller’s Inns and The Fuller’s Beer Company. 

2014/2015. New bonus rules  

If profits have declined to a specified degree in the year 

Current and previous targets are considered commercially 

were then introduced which 

bonuses are due to be paid, the Committee will assess the 

confidential and will not be published. These targets have 

incorporate malus and  

performance of the Group relative to a selected peer 

been selected as the Committee believes they reward 

clawback provisions.

group. Payments will only be authorised if the Group has 

Executives in line with Company performance and  

performed better than the average of the peer group and 

strongly align their interests with those of shareholders.

where the Group’s performance represents outperformance.

Directors may be issued share options up to the HMRC 

Approved Scheme options vest when growth in EPS 

No change.

maximum value of £30,000 at any one time.

adjusted principally to exclude exceptional items (“Adjusted 

EPS”) exceeds growth in RPI by at least 9% over the three 

year performance period. The Remuneration Committee is 

authorised to make appropriate amendments to Adjusted EPS.

in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI by at least 9% over 

2013 and has not been renewed 

the three year performance period. Maximum vesting 

(100% of grant) occurs when growth in Adjusted EPS 

exceeds inflation by 21% over the three year period.

although a final grant was made  

in July 2013. The plan is no longer 

used as the Committee wished  

The performance targets and restrictions are considered  

to be a realistic test of management performance and were 

chosen because they are consistent with corporate profit 

growth objectives and ensure that options only become 

exercisable against the background of a sustained real 

increase in the financial performance of the Group.

to simplify the Executives’ 

remuneration package.

46	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Executive Directors (“Executives”)

Element

Purpose – how the element supports the short and  

Operation

long term strategic objectives of the Company

Base

Salary 

To recruit, retain and reward high calibre Executives to deliver  

The Committee sets the base salary and this is reviewed taking into 

the Company’s strategy. The salary will reflect each role, the 

account inflation, individual and corporate performance.

importance of that role to the business and the experience  

the individual brings to it.

From time to time, advisors are commissioned to obtain benchmarking 

data for companies in the sector and/or of a similar size, to check  

market positioning.

Opportunity

Annual salary reviews take effect from 1 June in any year. 
The Committee expects to target salaries around the 
median to upper quartile of similar-sized businesses.

Performance measures  
and reason for selection

Not applicable.

Benefits

To recruit and retain Executives by providing competitive  

The Company offers Executives a range of benefits which include:

benefits which also protect Executives and provide 

preventative care for them. 

The benefits offered are those typically offered at this level. 
Car allowances are reviewed every January. Product 
allowances are reviewed from time to time but not typically 
increased every year. The cost of providing the insurance 
products varies from year to year. 

Not applicable.

• Car allowance

• Paid holidays

• Life insurance

• Private healthcare

• Product allowance 

plus VAT 

• A private account which allows the purchase of goods at cost price 

• Subscriptions to professional bodies or other relevant organisations

• Regular medical check-ups

• Permanent health insurance.

Change in year and provisions  
for malus and clawback (if any)

Executive salaries were increased  
by between 0% and 2.26% in June 
2013. Simon Emeny’s salary was 
increased to £375,000 in July 
2013 to reflect his promotion to 
Chief Executive. Michael Turner’s 
salary was £400,000 until he 
became Non-Executive Chairman 
in July 2013 when his fees were set 
at £250,000 per annum.

Car allowances were adjusted in 
line with inflation in January 2014. 
The cost of insurance products 
varies due to external insurance 
cost variations.

Annual Bonus

To incentivise Executives to deliver performance in line with  

Bonus targets are set annually in relation to the profit achieved by  

the Group strategy and to align their interests with those  

The Fuller’s Beer Company, Fuller’s Inns and the Group. The performance 

of shareholders.

measures are weighted dependent on the responsibilities of each 

Executive and are designed to be stretching.

The target for the bonus includes the cost of the bonus itself. 

Share Options

To align the interests of Executives with those of shareholders.  An HMRC-approved Executive Share Option Scheme (the “Approved 

Scheme”) under which options may be granted periodically up to the 

HMRC limit. Once options have vested they must be exercised before  

the tenth anniversary of grant.

The maximum payout under the bonus scheme is 75%  
of salary. No payout would be made if the minimum 
threshold on the bonus target schedules is not achieved.  
If profits have declined to a specified degree in the year 
bonuses are due to be paid, the Committee will assess the 
performance of the Group relative to a selected peer 
group. Payments will only be authorised if the Group has 
performed better than the average of the peer group and 
where the Group’s performance represents outperformance.

Directors may be issued share options up to the HMRC 
maximum value of £30,000 at any one time.

A Senior Executive Share Option Scheme (the “Senior Scheme”) under 

which options are no longer granted.

The maximum benefit granted under the Senior Scheme 
was 20% of salary per annum.

The actual performance measures for 2014 are linked 
to the EPS and profit targets contained in the Group 
budget for Fuller’s Inns and The Fuller’s Beer Company. 
Current and previous targets are considered commercially 
confidential and will not be published. These targets have 
been selected as the Committee believes they reward 
Executives in line with Company performance and  
strongly align their interests with those of shareholders.

New bonus targets were agreed  
in April 2014 for the financial year 
2014/2015. New bonus rules  
were then introduced which 
incorporate malus and  
clawback provisions.

Approved Scheme options vest when growth in EPS 
adjusted principally to exclude exceptional items (“Adjusted 
EPS”) exceeds growth in RPI by at least 9% over the three 
year performance period. The Remuneration Committee is 
authorised to make appropriate amendments to Adjusted EPS.

Senior Scheme options vest at 40% (minimum) when growth 
in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI by at least 9% over 
the three year performance period. Maximum vesting 
(100% of grant) occurs when growth in Adjusted EPS 
exceeds inflation by 21% over the three year period.
The performance targets and restrictions are considered  
to be a realistic test of management performance and were 
chosen because they are consistent with corporate profit 
growth objectives and ensure that options only become 
exercisable against the background of a sustained real 
increase in the financial performance of the Group.

No change.

The Senior Scheme expired in  
2013 and has not been renewed 
although a final grant was made  
in July 2013. The plan is no longer 
used as the Committee wished  
to simplify the Executives’ 
remuneration package.

The Save as You Earn Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”) is available to all 

employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. with at least one year’s service. 

Under the SAYE Scheme, options are granted over the Company’s 40p 

‘A’ ordinary shares at a discount of 20% on the prevailing market price  

at the time of the grant.

All employees of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. who have completed five 

months of service in November (in any year) are eligible to receive free 

40p ‘A’ ordinary shares in December of that year through an HMRC- 

approved Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”). Shares are held by the Trustees  

of the Scheme for a minimum of three years and a maximum of five years 

before being available to be passed to participants.

Under the SAYE Scheme rules eligible employees may 
agree to save up to £250 per month over a period of three 
or five years and then purchase shares within six months of 
the end of the term.

None. There is no requirement for performance targets  
in SAYE schemes.

No change.

Shares are awarded based on length of service and base 
salary. The maximum value of the shares allowable under 
the Scheme is £3,000 in any one year.

None. There is no requirement for performance targets  
in SIPs.

No change.

Executive Share 

Option Scheme

Senior Executive 

Share Scheme

SAYE Scheme

SIP

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 47

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Element

LTIP

Purpose – how the element supports the short and long term 
strategic objectives of the Company

Operation

To reward the efforts of Executives in line with the Company’s 
objective of creating shareholder value and increasing EPS in the 
longer term.

The rules of the LTIP allow for discretionary annual awards of ‘A’ 
(listed), and ‘B’ and ‘C’ (unlisted) ordinary shares. Grants are 
calculated by reference to the middle market quotation at close  
the day before. In all cases shares will vest, subject to performance 
criteria being attained, within 72 days of the publication of results 
for the last financial year in the performance period.
The Remuneration Committee determines whether the Adjusted EPS 
performance condition has been met using the EPS information 
which is published in the Group’s Annual Reports and Accounts. 
BDO LLP confirms the level of vesting of awards based on EPS 
calculations provided by the Group.

Opportunity

Performance measures  

and reason for selection

Change in year and provisions  

for malus and clawback (if any)

The maximum value of shares for which an award may be 

To assess the awards, the average growth in Adjusted EPS 

Shareholders approved a change 

made to an Executive in any financial year is 110% of 

is compared with the growth in inflation over the 

to the maximum annual award in 

salary and will vary depending on seniority. Actual vestings 

performance period. The performance period covers three 

the LTIP last year to reflect the fact 

will depend on how well the Company performs against 

financial years starting from the start of the financial year in 

that in future there will be no further 

the LTIP’s performance conditions.

which the grant is made. No vesting occurs if the Adjusted 

grants under the Senior Executive 

EPS growth fails to exceed the RPI by at least 9%. 40%  

Share Option Scheme. This year’s 

of the award vests if the target is hit and there is a sliding 

LTIP awards grants to Executives 

scale above that point. For 100% of an award of shares  

will be made subject to malus and  

to vest, growth in Adjusted EPS needs to exceed the growth 

clawback provisions.

Pension

To provide Directors with long term pension provisions  
on a competitive basis.

The Company operates a variety of pension benefits. Executives 
are either members of the defined benefit Company pension plan, 
or a defined contribution Company pension plan, or receive a 
pension supplement or a mixture of these. Further details are 
available on page 54 of this report.

Malus and 
Clawback

The malus and clawback provisions act as a disincentive to 
overstate the metrics that determine the rewards the Executive 
Directors receive.

Non-Executive Directors

Basic and  
Additional Fees

To attract and retain high calibre Non-Executive Directors by 
offering market competitive fee levels that recognise the time  
that the Non-Executive Directors commit to their various roles.

Benefits

To encourage Non-Executive Directors to keep up to date with  
the Company’s product range and to reimburse expenses.

These have been introduced into the bonus scheme and will apply 
to the LTIP awards made this year. They will enable the Committee 
not to pay bonuses or allow LTIP awards to vest where misconduct 
occurs during the relevant financial year or before a bonus is paid 
or an LTIP award vests. They will also enable the Committee  
to recover bonuses or awards where it is discovered that the 
Company materially misstated its results for the last whole financial 
year or a material error was made in assessing the relevant 
performance conditions.

The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the  
Remuneration Committee.
The fees paid to the other Non-Executive Directors are determined 
by the Chairman and the Executive Committee. 
Fees may be paid for specific duties such as the fee paid to  
Sir James Fuller for his work in liaising with family shareholders.
Non-Executive Directors do not participate in bonus schemes, share 
options or long term incentive plans. None of the Non-Executive 
Directors are members of any Group pension scheme, with the 
exception of Michael Turner, who is a pensioner of the Directors 
section of the defined benefit company pension plan. 

Non-Executive Directors receive a modest product allowance and 
are entitled to buy additional products at cost plus VAT. They are 
reimbursed for travel and other business related expenses. 

The Chairman Michael Turner also benefits from life insurance cover 
and private medical insurance.

48	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

in RPI by 24% or more over the period. The Committee feels 

that since underlying long term freehold property growth  

is not being included in the calculation, 9% over inflation  

is a testing target, and one that merits a 40% vesting. The 

Committee further believes that the 40% vesting threshold  

at 9% in excess of inflation is triggering vestings at a value 

that is still below that being employed by many other 

companies and that it is the value of the vest that should be 

considered and not the percentage. Please see the graph 

on page 52 for further details.

Defined benefit Company pension plan Main section:

Not applicable.

Accrues at 1.7% of basic salary less lower earnings limit  

(up to a pensions cap) per year of service. Additional 

salary supplement of 17.5% paid over the earnings cap. 

This applies only to Simon Emeny.

Defined benefit Company pension plan Directors’ section: 

Accrued at 1.79% of basic salary plus £12,000 for  

Richard Fuller only. Note that Richard Fuller withdrew from 

this scheme on 31 March 2014 and thereafter he will 

receive a salary supplement of 17.5% of his salary for use 

in his retirement planning.

Pension contributions: 

For the other Executives the Company will contribute a total 

of 17.5% of the Executive’s salary to the defined contribution 

Company pension plan and/or their nominated pension 

scheme or pay a salary supplement for them to use as part 

of their retirement planning subject to the Executive making 

a net contribution of 8% themselves. 

The Company has recently 

finished a period of consultation 

with the Trustees and Members 

of the Company’s defined benefit 

pension plan with the effect that 

it is expected that the plan will 

close to future accrual from 

January 2015. Simon Emeny is 

the only Executive still in this 

scheme and will be offered a 

pension contribution of 17.5% of 

salary in line with other Executives  

not in that scheme.

The malus and clawback principles apply to the bonuses 

Not applicable.

that may be paid from 2015 onwards and option grants 

made from 2014 onwards.

These are new arrangements.

All Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee. The Senior 

There are no specific measures set but appraisals  

Independent Director receives a fee for that role and there 

are carried out as explained in the Corporate  

are additional fees for chairing and being a member  

Governance report on pages 38 to 43.

of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and other  

specific roles.

None. Non-Executive Directors’ 

fees are not usually reviewed every 

year but at periods of two to three 

years when market data on the 

level of fees is consulted.

Product allowances are reviewed from time to time but not 

Not applicable.

None.

typically increased every year.

Element

Purpose – how the element supports the short and long term 

Operation

strategic objectives of the Company

Opportunity

Performance measures  
and reason for selection

LTIP

To reward the efforts of Executives in line with the Company’s 

The rules of the LTIP allow for discretionary annual awards of ‘A’ 

objective of creating shareholder value and increasing EPS in the 

(listed), and ‘B’ and ‘C’ (unlisted) ordinary shares. Grants are 

longer term.

The maximum value of shares for which an award may be 
made to an Executive in any financial year is 110% of 
salary and will vary depending on seniority. Actual vestings 
will depend on how well the Company performs against 
the LTIP’s performance conditions.

calculated by reference to the middle market quotation at close  

the day before. In all cases shares will vest, subject to performance 

criteria being attained, within 72 days of the publication of results 

for the last financial year in the performance period.

The Remuneration Committee determines whether the Adjusted EPS 

performance condition has been met using the EPS information 

which is published in the Group’s Annual Reports and Accounts. 

BDO LLP confirms the level of vesting of awards based on EPS 

calculations provided by the Group.

Pension

To provide Directors with long term pension provisions  

on a competitive basis.

The Company operates a variety of pension benefits. Executives 

are either members of the defined benefit Company pension plan, 

or a defined contribution Company pension plan, or receive a 

pension supplement or a mixture of these. Further details are 

available on page 54 of this report.

Malus and 

Clawback

The malus and clawback provisions act as a disincentive to 

These have been introduced into the bonus scheme and will apply 

overstate the metrics that determine the rewards the Executive 

to the LTIP awards made this year. They will enable the Committee 

Directors receive.

Defined benefit Company pension plan Main section:
Accrues at 1.7% of basic salary less lower earnings limit  
(up to a pensions cap) per year of service. Additional 
salary supplement of 17.5% paid over the earnings cap. 
This applies only to Simon Emeny.
Defined benefit Company pension plan Directors’ section: 
Accrued at 1.79% of basic salary plus £12,000 for  
Richard Fuller only. Note that Richard Fuller withdrew from 
this scheme on 31 March 2014 and thereafter he will 
receive a salary supplement of 17.5% of his salary for use 
in his retirement planning.
Pension contributions: 
For the other Executives the Company will contribute a total 
of 17.5% of the Executive’s salary to the defined contribution 
Company pension plan and/or their nominated pension 
scheme or pay a salary supplement for them to use as part 
of their retirement planning subject to the Executive making 
a net contribution of 8% themselves. 

The malus and clawback principles apply to the bonuses 
that may be paid from 2015 onwards and option grants 
made from 2014 onwards.

To assess the awards, the average growth in Adjusted EPS 
is compared with the growth in inflation over the 
performance period. The performance period covers three 
financial years starting from the start of the financial year in 
which the grant is made. No vesting occurs if the Adjusted 
EPS growth fails to exceed the RPI by at least 9%. 40%  
of the award vests if the target is hit and there is a sliding 
scale above that point. For 100% of an award of shares  
to vest, growth in Adjusted EPS needs to exceed the growth 
in RPI by 24% or more over the period. The Committee feels 
that since underlying long term freehold property growth  
is not being included in the calculation, 9% over inflation  
is a testing target, and one that merits a 40% vesting. The 
Committee further believes that the 40% vesting threshold  
at 9% in excess of inflation is triggering vestings at a value 
that is still below that being employed by many other 
companies and that it is the value of the vest that should be 
considered and not the percentage. Please see the graph 
on page 52 for further details.

Not applicable.

Change in year and provisions  
for malus and clawback (if any)

Shareholders approved a change 
to the maximum annual award in 
the LTIP last year to reflect the fact 
that in future there will be no further 
grants under the Senior Executive 
Share Option Scheme. This year’s 
LTIP awards grants to Executives 
will be made subject to malus and  
clawback provisions.

The Company has recently 
finished a period of consultation 
with the Trustees and Members 
of the Company’s defined benefit 
pension plan with the effect that 
it is expected that the plan will 
close to future accrual from 
January 2015. Simon Emeny is 
the only Executive still in this 
scheme and will be offered a 
pension contribution of 17.5% of 
salary in line with other Executives  
not in that scheme.

Not applicable.

These are new arrangements.

not to pay bonuses or allow LTIP awards to vest where misconduct 

occurs during the relevant financial year or before a bonus is paid 

or an LTIP award vests. They will also enable the Committee  

to recover bonuses or awards where it is discovered that the 

Company materially misstated its results for the last whole financial 

year or a material error was made in assessing the relevant 

performance conditions.

The fees paid to the other Non-Executive Directors are determined 

by the Chairman and the Executive Committee. 

Fees may be paid for specific duties such as the fee paid to  

Sir James Fuller for his work in liaising with family shareholders.

Non-Executive Directors do not participate in bonus schemes, share 

options or long term incentive plans. None of the Non-Executive 

Directors are members of any Group pension scheme, with the 

exception of Michael Turner, who is a pensioner of the Directors 

section of the defined benefit company pension plan. 

reimbursed for travel and other business related expenses. 

The Chairman Michael Turner also benefits from life insurance cover 

and private medical insurance.

Non-Executive Directors

Basic and  

Additional Fees

To attract and retain high calibre Non-Executive Directors by 

The fees paid to the Chairman are determined by the  

offering market competitive fee levels that recognise the time  

Remuneration Committee.

that the Non-Executive Directors commit to their various roles.

All Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee. The Senior 
Independent Director receives a fee for that role and there 
are additional fees for chairing and being a member  
of the Audit and Remuneration Committees and other  
specific roles.

There are no specific measures set but appraisals  
are carried out as explained in the Corporate  
Governance report on pages 38 to 43.

None. Non-Executive Directors’ 
fees are not usually reviewed every 
year but at periods of two to three 
years when market data on the 
level of fees is consulted.

Benefits

To encourage Non-Executive Directors to keep up to date with  

Non-Executive Directors receive a modest product allowance and 

the Company’s product range and to reimburse expenses.

are entitled to buy additional products at cost plus VAT. They are 

Product allowances are reviewed from time to time but not 
typically increased every year.

Not applicable.

None.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 49

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Consideration of Employment Conditions Elsewhere in the Company
The	Committee	is	advised	of	the	proposed	annual	pay	review	for	staff	in	advance	of	them	considering	the	proposed	pay	reviews	for	Directors,	so	that	this	can 		
be	taken	into	account	when	determining	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	relevant	financial	year.	Salary	increases	will	ordinarily	be	(in	percentage	terms)	in	line	with 	
those	of	the	wider	workforce,	and	significant	variances	would	only	be	expected	where	there	had	been	a	significant	change	in	an	individual’s	responsibilities	or	a 	
market	review	had	been	conducted	which	suggested	that	an	individual’s	salary	was	no	longer	competitive,	or	where	the	Committee	wanted	to	take	account	of	an 	
individual’s	performance	or	experience.	The	Committee	would	also	be	advised	if	there	were	any	other	key	changes	to	the	terms	and	conditions	on	which	staff 		
are	employed.	

Consideration of Employee Views
The	Committee	does	not	formally	consult	directly	with	employees	on	executive	pay	or	in	drawing	up	the	Remuneration	Policy	but	does	receive	periodic	updates 	
from	the	Personnel	Director.	Share	ownership	amongst	the	Company’s	employees	is	encouraged	through	the	SAYE	Scheme	and	SIPs.	These	schemes	allow 	
employees	to	participate	as	shareholders	and	align	their	interests	with	those	of	the	shareholders.

Consideration of Shareholder Views
Shareholder	views	are	sought	when	there	is	any	significant	change	to	Directors’	remuneration.	For	example,	shareholders	were	consulted	last	year	about	the 	
proposed	remuneration	for	the	Chairman	and	the	Chief	Executive	when	their	roles	changed.	Should	shareholders	have	any	concerns	about	remuneration	policy 		
the	Committee	Chairman	would	endeavour	to	meet	with	them,	as	appropriate,	to	understand	and	respond	to	any	issues	they	may	have.

Discretion Employed by the Committee 
The	Committee	will	operate	the	annual	bonus,	the	LTIP,	the	Senior	Scheme	and	the	Approved	Scheme,	in	accordance	with	their	applicable	rules	and	in	accordance	
with	the	Listing	Rules	where	relevant.	The	Committee	retains	discretion,	consistent	with	market	practice,	in	a	number	of	regards	to	the	operation	and	administration	
of	these	schemes.	These	include,	but	are	not	limited	to,	routine	matters	such	as	who	participates	in	them,	the	timing	of	awards	and	vests,	the	size	of	awards/
payouts,	the	determination	of	vesting,	and	the	setting	and	application	of	targets.	Other	non-routine	matters	where	the	Committee	may	need	to	use	its	discretion 	
include	but	are	not	limited	to	making	adjustments	to	targets	and/or	payouts	when	there	has	been	a	change	in	accounting	policy,	making	adjustments	required 	
when	dealing	with	a	change	of	control	or	restructuring	of	the	Group,	determination	of	the	treatment	of	leavers	and	adjustments	required	in	certain	circumstances 	
such	as	rights	issues	and	corporate	restructuring	events.	Any	use	of	the	above	discretions	would,	where	relevant,	be	explained	in	the	annual	Remuneration	Report 	
and	may,	as	appropriate,	be	the	subject	of	consultation	with	the	Company’s	major	shareholders.

Illustration of the Application of the Remuneration Policy
A	significant	proportion	of	remuneration	is	linked	to	performance,	particularly	at	maximum	performance	levels.	The	following	charts	demonstrate	the	key	elements	
of	the	remuneration	package	for	the	Executives	under	the	Remuneration	Policy	for	the	year	ended	March	2015:

Chief Executive

Finance Director

Sales and Personnel Director

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£000

1,235

38%

22%

1,029

37%

17%

476

100%

46%

40%

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£000

775

39%

16%

348

931

41%

22%

100%

45%

37%

Minimum

In line with
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£000

449

33%

17%

50%

536

34%

24%

42%

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

225

100%

Minimum

Managing Director – The Fuller’s Beer Company

Managing Director – Fuller’s Inns

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£000

540

33%

18%

49%

267

100%

643

35%

24%

41%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

£000

50	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

486

32%

17%

51%

250

100%

577

33%

24%

43%

Minimum

In line with 
expectation

Maximum

Fixed1
Bonus2
LTIP/Options3

1	‘Fixed’	includes	salary,	benefits	and	pension.
2	‘Bonus’	includes	Executive	Bonus	scheme.
3		‘LTIP/Options’	includes	LTIP,	the	Approved	Scheme		
and	the	Senior	Scheme.

In	illustrating	the	potential	reward	the	following	assumptions	have	been	made:

Minimum performance –	fixed	remuneration	only	with	no	payout	under	the	bonus	scheme	or	LTIP/share	options.

In line with expectation –	this	is	based	on	what	Executives	could	receive	if	bonuses	pay	out	at	60%	of	the	maximum	bonus	allowance	(i.e.	45%	of	salary)	for 	
achieving	target	performance,	LTIP	payout	at	80%	of	maximum	vesting,	payout	under	the	Approved	Scheme	at	100%	and	payout	under	the	Senior	Scheme	at	90%.	

Maximum –	100%	of	the	bonus	(i.e.	75%	of	salary)	and	100%	of	LTIP	awards	and	Approved	and	Senior	options	are	realised.

Recruitment and Promotion
The	Company	wishes	to	attract	talented	individuals	to	Executive	positions	either	from	the	industry/market	or	from	internal	succession.	It	would	not	expect	any 	
new	Director	to	receive	salary	or	any	other	part	of	their	remuneration	package	that	is	more	than	50%	higher	than	current	maximum	payments	which	could	be 	
received	by	the	previous	role	holder.	The	various	components	of	the	package	for	a	new	Executive	are	those	already	on	offer	to	existing	Executives	as	set	out	in	the 	
table	above	and	they	are	salary,	benefits,	bonuses,	share	options,	LTIP	and	pension.	The	approach	to	each	component	is	as	set	out	in	the	tables	on	pages	46	to	49, 	
subject	to	existing	rule	constraints.	Contracts	would	be	offered	on	the	basis	that	on	early	termination	a	payment	equal	to	the	salary	due	for	the	unexpired	period	of 	
their	notice	would	be	made,	payable	in	monthly	instalments.	For	the	period	of	their	notice	the	Executive	would	be	expected	to	seek	alternative	income,	and	if	they 	
are	successful,	that	income	would	be	notifiable	to	the	Company	and	would	be	set	off	against	the	remaining	instalments.	The	Company	is	only	likely	to	offer	a	cash 	
amount	on	recruitment,	payment	of	which	may	be	staggered,	to	reflect	the	value	of	benefits	a	new	recruit	may	have	received	from	a	former	employer.	Relocation 	
expenses	and	accommodation	might	be	provided	if	necessary.

In	respect	of	Non-Executives	the	Company	would	not	expect	any	new	Director	to	receive	fees	that	are	more	than	50%	higher	than	the	fees	which	could	be 	
received	by	the	previous	role	holder.

On	the	appointment	of	a	new	Chairman	or	Non-Executive	Director,	the	fees	will	be	set	taking	into	account	the	experience	and	calibre	of	the	individual	and	the 	
fees	paid	to	existing	Non-Executive	Directors.

Service Contracts/Payments on Loss of Office 
Executive	Directors	have	rolling	service	contracts	terminable	on	no	more	than	one	year’s	notice	served	by	the	Company	or	Director. 	

Ian	Bray	and	Jonathon	Swaine	are	entitled	on	early	termination	of	their	contracts	to	a	payment	equal	to	the	salary	due	for	the	unexpired	period	of	their	notice. 		
This	is	payable	in	monthly	instalments	and	for	the	period	of	their	notice	these	Executives	are	expected	to	seek	alternative	income,	and	if	they	are	successful,	that 	
income	must	be	notified	to	the	Company	and	will	be	set	off	against	the	remaining	instalments. 	

The	contracts	of	the	other	Executives	(which	were	all	in	place	before	27	June	2012	and	are	different	from	those	that	would	be	offered	to	any	new	Executives	and 	
are	therefore	not	in	line	with	the	approach	to	recruitment	remuneration	as	set	out	above)	state	that	they	are	entitled	to	a	payment	equal	to	salary	and	the	value 		
of	all	benefits	for	the	unexpired	period	of	their	notice,	without	any	reduction	for	mitigation.	Benefits	in	kind	would	be	valued	with	reference	to	their	P11D	value 		
or	cost	to	the	Company.	Pension	benefits	would	be	valued	on	a	transfer	value	basis	to	be	calculated	and	confirmed	by	the	Company’s	pension	advisors. 	

The	Committee	has	considered	whether	they	should	attempt	to	negotiate	a	change	to	the	contracts	of	these	Executives	but	do	not	believe	that	this	is 		
currently	appropriate.

The	rules	of	the	bonus	scheme	and	LTIP	and	other	share	option	schemes	set	out	what	happens	to	awards	if	a	participant	ceases	to	be	employed	before	the 		
end	of	a	bonus	year	or	performance	period.	Generally,	any	outstanding	share	awards	will	lapse	on	such	cessation,	except	in	certain	circumstances	when	a	Director 	
might	be	deemed	a	“good	leaver”	which	could	include	on	redundancy	or	retirement	(these	are	examples	and	are	not	intended	to	be	a	definitive	list).	In	determining 	
whether	an	Executive	Director	should	be	treated	as	a	good	leaver	and	the	extent	to	which	bonuses,	awards	and	share	options	vest	or	become	exercisable,	and/or 		
a	pro-rated	bonus	is	due,	the	Committee	will	take	into	account	the	circumstances	of	an	individual’s	departure	and	his	performance.

Service Contracts and Fee Letters
The	obligations	contained	in	the	Executives’	service	contracts	are	described	in	the	section	entitled	“Service	Contracts/Payments	on	Loss	of	Office”.

Executive Directors

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Ian Bray

Jonathon Swaine

Non-Executive Directors

Michael Turner

John Dunsmore

Sir James Fuller

Lynn Fordham

Alastair Kerr

Date of contract

Notice period

13 January 1999

31 July 2007 

8 December 2009 

12 December 2011 

20 March 2012 

Date of letter of appointment
 or re-appointment

1 July 2013

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

12 months

Term expires

June 2016

15 November 2011

January 2015

1 June 2010

15 November 2011

19 July 2011

May 2016

January 2015

August 2015

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 51

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Remuneration Implementation Report
The	information	on	pages	53	to	59	has	been	audited.

The Remuneration Committee 
The	Remuneration	Committee	consists	entirely	of	Independent	Non-Executive	Directors	and	the	members	are	currently	Alastair	Kerr	(Chairman),	John	Dunsmore	
and	Lynn	Fordham.	The	Chairman	of	the	Company,	Michael	Turner,	and	the	Chief	Executive,	Simon	Emeny,	are	invited	to	attend	the	Committee	meetings	and 	
advise,	where	appropriate,	on	the	remuneration	and	performance	of	the	Executive	Directors	and	related	matters.	The	Committee	is	advised	internally	by	the 	
Company	Secretary,	Marie	Gracie,	who	also	acts	as	Secretary	to	the	Committee.

The	Committee’s	terms	of	reference	state	that	the	Committee	is	responsible	for	determining	the	total	remuneration	package	(including	pensions,	service 	
agreements	and	termination	payments)	of	the	Executive	Directors.	The	Committee	also	reviews	the	remuneration	of	the	Company’s	divisional	directors	in 	
consultation	with	the	Chief	Executive.	Members	of	the	Committee	have	no	personal	financial	interest	in	the	Company,	other	than	as	shareholders	and	Directors. 	

The Committee’s Advisors
Xafinity	Consulting	Limited	provides	the	Committee	and	the	Company	with	advice	on	matters	relating	to	pensions.	BDO	LLP	provides	the	Committee	and	the 	
Company	with	advice	in	connection	with	the	Company’s	LTIP	and	share	option	schemes	and	other	remuneration	matters.	Both	of	these	consultants	have	been 	
providing	advice	to	the	Company	for	some	years	and	were	not	specifically	appointed	by	the	Committee.	In	2013,	the	Committee	selected	New	Bridge	Street	as 	
additional	advisors	on	remuneration	matters.	None	of	these	advisors	have	any	other	connection	with	the	Company.	Xafinity	Consulting	Limited	is	authorised	and 	
regulated	by	the	Financial	Conduct	Authority	and	its	actuaries	are	also	separately	required	to	abide	by	Actuarial	Profession	Standards	which	include	the 	
requirement	for	it	to	provide	objective	and	independent	advice.	Both	BDO	and	New	Bridge	Street	abide	by	the	Remuneration	Consultants	Code	of	Conduct, 	
which	requires	them	to	provide	objective	and	independent	advice.	New	Bridge	Street	charged	fees	of	£5,000	during	the	year	and	the	fees	were	charged	on	the 	
basis	on	time	spent	preparing	reports	and	giving	advice	to	the	Committee.	Other	advisors	did	not	charge	fees	for	services	provided	in	respect	of	Directors’ 	
remuneration	during	the	year.

Statement of Implementation of Remuneration Policy in the Current Financial Year
The	Executive	Directors’	salaries	were	increased	on	1	June	2014	to:

Simon	Emeny	–	£385,000

James	Douglas	–	£280,000

Richard	Fuller	–	£174,000

Ian	Bray	–	£211,000

Jonathon	Swaine	–	£200,000

The	Non-Executive	Directors’	fees	are	due	to	be	reviewed	during	the	financial	year	2014/15	and	any	changes	will	be	effective	from	1	January	2015.

The	annual	bonus	for	the	financial	year	2014/2015	will	operate	on	the	same	basis	as	the	previous	financial	year	save	that	it	now	includes	malus	and	clawback 	
provisions,	and	will	be	consistent	with	the	policy	detailed	in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Policy	above.	As	explained	on	page	47	the	Company	does	not	publish 	
bonus	targets	since	these	are	considered	commercially	sensitive.	However,	details	of	other	performance	measures	which	will	operate	are	given	on	page	47	and 	
details	of	the	relative	weightings	of	each	are	given	on	page	54. 	

The	awards	under	the	LTIP	are	expected	to	be	made	at	110%	of	salary	for	the	Chief	Executive	and	Finance	Director	and	82.5%	for	the	other	Executives. 		
The	LTIP	awards	for	the	financial	year	2014/2015	are	subject	to	the	following	performance	condition:

LTIP Awards

Percentage 
of shares 
comprised in an 
award to be 
released

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

%
0
.
9
<

%
0
.
9

%
0
.
0
1

%
0
.
1
1

%
0
.
2
1

%
0
.
3
1

%
0
.
4
1

%
0
.
5
1

%
0
.
6
1

%
0
.
7
1

%
0
.
8
1

%
0
.
9
1

%
0
.
0
2

%
0
.
1
2

%
0
.
2
2

%
0
.
3
2

%
0
.
4
2

Extent to which the percentage growth in Adjusted EPS
exceeds the increase in RPI over the performance period

52	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Single Total Figure of Remuneration Table
The	following	table	shows	a	breakdown	of	the	remuneration	of	individual	Directors	who	served	in	all	or	part	of	the	year:

Salary/Fees

Taxable benefits1

Annual bonus2

LTIP/Options3

Pensions4

Total

2014
£000

2013
£000

2014
£000

2013
£000

288

365

270

170

206

177

57

44

58

55

–

399

332

264

167

204

175

53

41

54

51

20

24

22

22

21

21

21

–

1

1

1

–

25

22

22

22

20

22

–

1

1

1

3

2014
£000

61

213

159

74

89

103

–

–

–

–

–

2013
£000

128

107

86

35

41

55

–

–

–

–

–

2014
£000

2013
£000

2014
£000

2013
£000

2014
£000

2013
£000

363

288

233

122

–

47

–

–

–

–

–

359

264

238

144

–

49

–

–

–

–

–

–

89

47

50

35

31

–

–

–

–

–

–

94

46

61

35

33

–

–

–

–

–

736

977

731

437

351

379

57

45

59

56

–

911

819

656

429

300

334

53

42

55

52

23

Michael Turner5

Simon Emeny6

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Ian Bray

Jonathon Swaine

John Dunsmore

Sir James Fuller

Lynn Fordham

Alastair Kerr

Nigel Atkinson7

1	Taxable	benefits	includes	car	allowances,	product	allowances	and	health	cover.
2	Bonus	refers	to	the	annual	bonus	scheme	based	on	performance	in	the	period	under	review	and	the	value	of	free	shares	awarded	under	the	SIP	(£3,000).
3			LTIP/Options	includes	the	value	transferred	to	Directors	from	the	LTIP,	the	Approved	Scheme,	the	Senior	Scheme	and	the	SAYE	Scheme.	Benefit	is	calculated	as	the	share	price	at	the	year	end	(less	the 	
exercise	price)	multiplied	by	the	number	of	vested	options.	Options	are	considered	to	have	vested	if	substantially	all	of	the	performance	criteria	have	been	met	in	the	financial	year,	in	which	case	the	number	
of	vested	options	is	estimated	based	on	performance	against	performance	measures.	The	table	below	sets	out	how	the	award	is	linked	to	performance	of	the	Group.
4			Pensions	includes	benefit	transferred	on	defined	contribution	and	defined	benefit	schemes.	Refer	to	“Total	Pension	Entitlement”	section	below	for	detail	on	individual	Directors’	pension	entitlements. 	
Benefit	transferred	on	defined	pension	entitlement	is	equivalent	to	the	increase	in	accrued	pension	as	at	29	March	2014	(excluding	an	increase	for	inflation)	multiplied	by	20.
5	Michael	Turner	became	Non-Executive	Chairman	on	1	July	2013.	Michael	Turner	reached	retirement	age	on	12	June	2011	and	thereafter	was	drawing	his	pension	and	so	accrues	no	further	benefit.
6	Simon	Emeny	became	Chief	Executive	on	1	July	2013.
7	Nigel	Atkinson	ceased	to	be	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	the	Company	on	18	July	2012.

The	following	table	shows	how	variable	pay	elements	are	linked	to	the	performance	of	the	Group	in	2014:

Performance measure

Minimum

Maximum

Value of award

Target set

LTIP

EPS vs RPI

EPS exceeds 
RPI by + 9%

EPS exceeds
 RPI by +24%

Senior Executive Share Options

EPS vs RPI

EPS exceeds
 RPI by + 9%

EPS exceeds
 RPI by +21%

% vest of original grant1:
Minimum – 40%
Maximum – 100%

% vest of original grant2:
Minimum – 40%
Maximum – 100%

1	Maximum	grant	equates	to	100%	of	salary	with	the	exception	of	Jonathon	Swaine	who	received	55%	of	salary	as	he	was	not	an	Executive	Director	at	grant	date.
2	Maximum	grant	equates	to	20%	of	salary.

Actual
 performance

15%

15%

Value
of award

64% of
 maximum
 award

70% of
 maximum
 award

Percentage Change in Remuneration of Chief Executive 
The	table	below	shows	the	percentage	change	in	the	remuneration	of	the	Chief	Executive	compared	to	that	of	the	average	of	all	of	the	Group’s	employees	taken 	
as	a	whole	between	the	financial	years	ended	30	March	2013	and	29	March	2014:

Change in annual salary1

Change in taxable benefits

Change in annual bonus2

Chief Executive 

Employees

0.0%

0.0% 

2.5%

0.0%

84.0% 

53.3% 

1	In	July	2014,	Simon	Emeny’s	basic	salary	increased	to	£375,000	which	related	in	entirety	to	his	promotion	to	Chief	Executive.
2			The	‘Change	in	annual	bonus’	reflects	the	increase	or	decrease	in	the	percentage	of	annual	salary	paid	out	as	bonus	and	excludes	the	value	of	free	shares	awarded	under	the	SIP.	The	employee	comparator 	
group	excludes	hourly	paid	pub	staff	who	receive	bonus	incentives	through	tips	via	a	tronc	system	as	opposed	to	other	bonus	incentive	schemes.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 53

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Salary 
The	Committee	sets	the	base	salary	for	each	Executive	Director	by	reference	to	individual	and	corporate	performance,	competitive	market	practice	and	independent	
salary	survey	information.	Last	year,	base	pay	was	increased	by	approximately	3%	for	all	Directors.	This	was	in	line	with	the	median	of	increases	paid	to	head 		
office	staff.	

External Directorship Fees
The	Board	may	give	approval	for	Executives	to	have	one	Non-Executive	role	and	to	retain	any	related	fees	paid.	Simon	Emeny	is	a	Non-Executive	Director	of 	
Dunelm	Group	plc.	He	retains	fees	of	£40,000	per	annum	in	respect	of	this	position.

Bonus
Actual	performance	against	targets	is	shown	above.	Performance	measures	for	the	annual	bonus	were	weighted	for	each	Director	as	follows:

Michael Turner*

Simon Emeny

James Douglas

Richard Fuller

Ian Bray

Jonathon Swaine

Group
 profit

100%

100%

100%

60%

60%

60%

Fuller’s Beer
 Company
 profit

Fuller’s Inns
 profit

–

–

–

40%

40%

–

–

–

–

–

–

40%

For	the	year	under	review,	Michael	Turner*,	Simon	Emeny	and	James	Douglas	each	earned	a	bonus	of	58%	of	salary,	Ian	Bray	and	Richard	Fuller	each	earned	a 	
bonus	of	42%	of	salary	and	Jonathon	Swaine	earned	a	bonus	of	56%	of	salary.

*For	the	period	up	to	30	June	2013.

Total Pension Entitlements
Michael	Turner	is	a	pensioner	of	the	defined	benefit	Company	pension	plan,	under	the	Directors’	section. 	

Richard	Fuller	was	a	member	of	the	defined	benefit	Company	pension	plan,	under	the	Directors’	section,	on	a	non-contributory	basis	until	31	March	2014	when	he 	
withdrew	from	the	plan.	He	is	now	a	deferred	member	of	the	plan	and	is	in	receipt	of	a	17.5%	salary	supplement	in	lieu	of	membership	of	the	plan.	Richard	Fuller 	
has	confirmed	that	he	will	use	his	supplement	as	part	of	his	retirement	planning. 	

Simon	Emeny	is	a	member	of	the	defined	benefit	Company	pension	plan,	under	the	Main	section	on	a	non-contributory	basis.	In	addition,	a	salary	supplement 		
of	17.5%	of	the	excess	of	his	base	salary	over	the	earnings	cap	is	paid	to	him	for	use	as	part	of	his	retirement	planning.	Simon	Emeny	will	be	affected	by	the	closure 		
of	the	defined	benefit	Company	pension	plan	to	future	accrual	from	January	2015	and	it	is	expected	that	he	will	be	offered	a	17.5%	salary	supplement	in	lieu	of 	
membership	of	the	plan	from	January	2015,	which	he	will	be	expected	to	use	as	part	of	his	retirement	planning. 	

The	details	of	pensions	accruing	under	the	defined	benefit	scheme	as	at	29	March	2014	were	: 	

Simon Emeny 

Richard Fuller

Increase in accrued pension
(allowing for inflation)1
 £

Total accrued pension
 at end of year2
 £

Normal retirement date

Additional pension accrued
 upon early retirement
 £

2,497

2,524

26,767

96,081

62

62

–

–

1	Increase	in	accrued	pension	(allowing	for	inflation)	–	this	is	the	accrued	pension	at	the	year	end	less	the	accrued	pension	at	the	start	of	the	year	adjusted	for	inflation	over	the	year. 	
2	Total	accrued	pension	at	end	of	year	or	retirement	age	date	if	earlier	–	this	is	what	the	Director	is	entitled	to	receive	as	an	annual	pension	based	on	service	to	date. 	

James	Douglas	is	paid	a	contribution	of	17.5%	of	his	salary	by	the	Company	which	he	is	required	to	use	as	part	of	his	overall	retirement	planning.	He	is	also	required 	
to	contribute	8%	of	his	net	salary	to	his	pension	or	another	investment	vehicle.

The	Company	makes	a	contribution	of	17.5%	of	salary	to	Ian	Bray	and	Jonathon	Swaine’s	nominated	pension	schemes.	They	are	also	required	to	make	contributions 	
of	8%	themselves.	

54	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Scheme Interests Awarded During the Financial Year
In	respect	of	the	52	week	period	ended	29	March	2014	the	following	LTIPs,Share	Options	and	SIP	awards	were	granted:

Number of shares

Exercise/Grant price

Type of award

A shares

B shares

A shares

B shares

Face value
 at grant
£1

End of
 Performance
 period

Date of grant

% of award
 vesting at
 minimum
 threshold

LTIP

32,967

82,417

£9.10

£0.91

374,999 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

40%

Director

S Emeny

Senior Executive share 
options

Executive share options2

SAYE

SIP

4,945

3,296

497

310

–

–

–

–

£9.10

£9.10

£9.05

£9.67

45,000 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

29,994 12/07/2013 31/03/2016

4,498 01/09/2013 01/09/2018

2,998 01/12/2013

n/a

40%

100%

n/a

n/a

Total

42,015

82,417

457,489

J Douglas

LTIP

23,824

59,560

£9.10

£0.91

270,998 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

40%

Senior Executive share 
options

Executive share options2

SIP

2,659

3,296

310

–

–

–

£9.10

£9.10

£9.67

24,197 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

29,994 12/07/2013 31/03/2016

2,998 01/12/2013

n/a

40%

100%

n/a

Total

30,089

59,560

328,187

R H F Fuller

LTIP

11,241

28,104

£9.10

£0.91

127,868 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

40%

Senior Executive share 
options

SAYE

SIP

LTIP

Total

I Bray

3,747

828

310

–

–

–

£9.10

£9.05

£9.67

34,098 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

7,493 01/09/2013 01/09/2018

2,998 01/12/2013

n/a

40%

n/a

n/a

16,126

28,104

172,457

13,648

34,120

£9.10

£0.91

155,246 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

40%

Senior Executive share 
options

SAYE

SIP

4,549

497

310

–

–

–

£9.10

£9.05

£9.67

41,396 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

4,498 01/09/2013 01/09/2016

2,998 01/12/2013

n/a

40%

n/a

n/a

Total

19,004

34,120

204,138

J Swaine

LTIP

11,703

29,258

£9.10

£0.91

133,122 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

40%

Senior Executive share 
options

SIP

3,901

310

–

–

£9.10

£9.67

35,499 01/07/2013 31/03/2016

2,998 01/12/2013

n/a

40%

n/a

Total

15,914

29,258

171,619

1				Face	values	have	been	calculated	using	the	actual	grant	prices	also	shown	in	the	table	except	for	SAYE.	For	the	SAYE	Scheme	this	is	based	on	an	average	price	for	the	three	days	before	grant	(shown	above) 	
although	options	are	granted	at	20%	discount.
2			Executives	may	be	awarded	up	to	20%	of	their	salary	through	the	approved	Executive	and	unapproved	Senior	Executive	share	option	schemes.	Under	the	former	scheme	only	options	worth	£30,000	may 	
be	held	at	any	time.	When	Executives	hold	options	at	this	maximum	level	they	will	receive	the	full	allocation	under	the	Senior	Executive	share	option	scheme.

Share Scheme Interests Outstanding at the Year End

Shares
The	Company	has	Share	Ownership	Guidelines	for	Directors	which	state	that	Executives	should	hold	shares	worth	at	least	100%	of	their	salary.	Accordingly 	
Executives	are	required	to	retain:

a)	 All	shares	they	hold	in	the	SIP

b)	 All	shares	they	acquire	as	a	result	of	exercising	SAYE	options

c)	 All	shares	that	they	acquire	as	a	result	of	exercising	options	under	the	Approved	Scheme	net	of	the	cost	of	those	options

d)	

	At	least	75%	of	any	shares	that	they	acquire	as	a	result	of	exercising	options	under	the	Senior	Scheme	net	of	the	cost	of	those	options	and	the	costs	of	settling 	
related	tax	and	NI	thereon	

e)	

	At	least	75%	of	any	post-tax	and	NI	vested	shares	under	the	LTIP	until	their	guideline	is	met. 	

All	of	the	Executive	Directors’	shareholdings	already	meet	the	guideline	with	the	exception	of	Ian	Bray	who	joined	the	Company	in	2011.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 55

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ Shareholdings

Changes by 28 May 2014

At 29 March 2014

At 30 March 2013
 (or appointment date)

Beneficial

Non-beneficial

Beneficial

Non-beneficial

Beneficial

Non-beneficial

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

271,378

2,988,394

624,260

71

95,421

677,208

40,501

132,005

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

251,158

2,775,750

624,260

71

93,931

623,951

40,191

84,090

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,996

500,000

7,720

500,000

3,351,606

10,935,015

3,322,540

10,935,015

25,000

303

1,957

–

14,934

52,461

23,305

–

88,942

9,143,952

2,702,003

3,182

–

3,941

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

25,000

303

1,647

–

12,753

41,804

2,328

–

88,942

9,143,952

2,691,313

3,182

–

2,941

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Michael Turner

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

‘C’ ordinary 40p

2nd preference £1

Simon Emeny

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

James Douglas

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Richard Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

‘C’ ordinary 40p

2nd preference £1

Ian Bray

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Jonathon Swaine

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

John Dunsmore

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Sir James Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

‘C’ ordinary 40p

Lynn Fordham

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Alastair Kerr

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

56	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Director’s Share Options

As at
30 March
2013

Exercised

Lapsed

Issued

As at
29 March
2014

Exercise
price
£

Date of
grant

Date
from
 which
exercisable

Expiry
date

Type

Michael Turner

11,660 (11,660)

10,040 (10,040)

5,589

(5,589)

13,011 (13,011)

1,966

(1,966)

12,916 (12,916)

–

–

–

–

–

–

11,245

(6,747)

(4,498)

1,997

(1,325)

(672)

1,746

(1,047)

(699)

11,029

(4,538)

(6,491)

11,347

(3,071)

(8,276)

92,546

(71,910) (20,636)

Simon Emeny

9,100

(9,100)

2,007

4,285

9,990

–

–

–

1,180

(1,180)

9,916

8,650

2,530

859

9,139

9,446

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(3,460)

–

(344)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,007

4,285

9,990

3.67

19/7/05

19/7/08

18/7/15

4.98

18/7/06

18/7/09

18/7/16

7.51

18/7/07

18/7/10

17/7/17

4.05

15/7/08

15/7/11

15/7/18

3.31

1/9/08

1/9/13

1/3/14

4.80

16/7/09

16/7/12

16/7/19

5.78

12/7/10

12/7/13

12/7/20

4.64

1/9/10

1/9/15

1/3/16

6.30 30/11/10 30/11/13 30/11/20

7.09

20/7/11

20/7/14

19/7/21

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

3.67

19/7/05

19/7/08

18/7/15

4.98

18/7/06

18/7/09

17/7/16

7.51

18/7/07

18/7/10

17/7/17

4.05

15/7/08

15/7/11

15/7/18

–

3.31

1/9/08

1/9/13

1/3/14

9,916

5,190

2,530

515

9,139

9,446

4.80

16/7/09

16/7/12

16/7/19

5.78

12/7/10

12/7/13

12/7/20

4.64

1/9/10

1/9/15

1/3/16

6.30 30/11/10 30/11/13 30/11/20

7.09

20/7/11

20/7/14

19/7/21

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

3,296

3,296

4,945

4,945

497

497

9.10

9.10

7.24

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

1/9/13

1/9/18

1/3/19

James Douglas

67,102

(10,280)

(3,804)

8,738

61,756

2,391

8,625

7,508

–

–

–

–

–

(3,004)

1,939

(1,939)

–

1,047

7,277

7,517

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(419)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,391

8,625

4,504

–

628

7,277

7,517

4.05

15/7/08

15/7/11

15/7/18

4.80

16/7/09

16/7/12

16/7/19

5.78

12/7/10

12/7/13

12/7/20

4.64

1/9/10

1/9/13

1/3/14

6.30 30/11/10 30/11/13 30/11/20

7.09

20/7/11

20/7/14

19/7/21

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

3,296

3,296

2,659

2,659

9.10

9.10

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

36,304

(1,939)

(3,423)

5,955

36,897

U

U

U

U

S

U

U

S

U

U

U

U

U

U

U

S

U

U

S

U

U

U

A

U

S

U

U

U

S

U

U

U

A

U

Cost of
options
 under
SAYE
Schemes
£

–

–

–

–

Price at
exercise
date
£

8.70

8.70

8.70

8.70

6,507

9.03

–

–

8.70

9.64

6,148

9.57

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9.64

9.64

9.64

9.75

–

–

–

3,906

9.44

–

–

11,739

–

–

–

–

–

3,598

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8,997

9.31

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

A:	Approved	Scheme	options
U:	Senior	Scheme	options
S:	SAYE	options

	 Vested	but	unexercised	options

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 57

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

As at
30 March
2013

Exercised

Lapsed

Issued

As at
29 March
2014

Exercise
price
£

Date of
grant

Date
from
 which
exercisable

Expiry
date

Type

Richard Fuller

9,532

(9,532)

1,966

(1,966)

801

4,321

869

665

4,612

563

4,765

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(1,729)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

801

2,592

869

665

4,612

563

4,765

2.62

3.31

3.88

5/7/04

5/7/07

5/7/14

1/9/08

1/9/13

1/3/14

1/9/09

1/9/14

1/3/15

5.78

12/7/10

12/7/13

12/7/20

5.78

12/7/10

12/7/13

12/7/20

4.64

1/9/10

1/9/15

1/3/16

7.09

20/7/11

20/7/14

19/7/21

5.47

1/9/11

1/9/14

1/3/15

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

3,747

3,747

828

828

9.10

7.24

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

1/9/13

1/9/18

1/3/19

Ian Bray

Jonathon Swaine

28,094

(11,498)

(1,729)

4,575

19,442

1,503

4,255

–

–

5,758

1,649

709

4,255

–

6,613

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,503

4,255

4,549

4,549

497

497

5,046

10,804

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

9.10

7.24

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

1/9/13

1/9/18

1/3/19

–

–

–

1,649

709

4,255

5.47

1/9/11

1/9/14

1/3/15

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

7.05

12/7/12

12/7/15

11/7/22

3,901

3,901

9.10

1/7/13

1/7/16

30/6/23

3,901

10,514

A

S

S

U

A

S

U

S

U

U

S

U

A

U

S

S

U

A

U

Cost of
options
 under
SAYE
Schemes
£

Price at
exercise
date
£

–

8.70

6,507

9.44

3,108

–

–

3,086

–

3,080

–

–

5,995

–

–

–

3,598

9,020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total

236,417

(95,627) (29,592)

28,215 139,413

A:	Approved	Scheme	options
U:	Senior	Scheme	options
S:	SAYE	options

	 Vested	but	unexercised	options

58	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Directors’ Long Term Incentive Plan Allocations

Michael Turner

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Simon Emeny

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

James Douglas

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Richard Fuller

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Ian Bray

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

Jonathon Swaine

‘A’ ordinary 40p

‘B’ ordinary 4p

 Total held at
30 March
 2013

 Granted
 during
 year

 Awards
 vested

 Lapsed
 during
 year

 Total held at
 29 March
 2014

Monetary
 value of vest
 £000*

141,474

353,687

–

–

(57,606)

(83,868)

(144,016)

(209,671)

–

–

112,386

32,967

(21,303)

(16,738)

107,312

280,966

82,417

(53,257)

(41,845)

268,281

93,405

23,824

(19,165)

(15,059)

83,005

233,517

59,560

(47,915)

(37,647)

207,515

48,894

11,241

(11,626)

(9,135)

122,237

28,104

(29,066)

(22,837)

39,374

98,438

17,276

13,648

43,191

34,120

–

–

–

–

30,924

77,311

28,897

11,703

(4,263)

(3,349)

72,245

29,258

(10,657)

(8,374)

32,988

82,472

 530 

 132 

 197 

 49 

 178 

 45 

 107 

 27 

 – 

 -–

 39 

 10 

*	The	market	price	of	‘A’	shares	on	8	August	2013	for	the	LTIP	13	awards	vest,	and	all	of	Michael	Turner’s	special	exercises,	was	£9.20,	the	price	of	‘B’	shares	is	assumed	to	be	£0.92.	The	market	price	of	‘A’	shares 	
on	26	November	2013	for	the	LITP	13A	awards	vest	was	£9.80,	the	price	of	‘B’	shares	is	assumed	to	be	£0.98.

The	performance	conditions	for	the	LTIP	are	set	out	in	the	tables	on	pages	52	and	53	of	this	report.

Payments to Past Directors
Anthony	Fuller,	former	Chairman	and	now	President,	receives	an	annual	royalty	of	£15,000	which	is	paid	in	recognition	of	the	fact	that	Mr	Fuller	has	given	the 	
Company	ongoing	exclusive	permission	to	use	his	name	and	signature	on	any	Company	product. 	

Nigel	Atkinson,	former	Non-Executive	Director,	receives	annual	fees	of	£7,500	which	are	paid	because	Mr	Atkinson	continues	to	act	for	the	Company	as	our 	
ambassador	in	the	Hampshire	area,	attending	various	events	as	the	Company’s	representative. 	

Payments for Loss of Office
There	were	no	payments	to	Directors	or	former	Directors	for	loss	of	office.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 59

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Performance Graph and Table
The	graph	below	shows	a	comparison	of	the	Total	Shareholder	Return	(“TSR”)	for	the	Company’s	listed	‘A’	ordinary	shares	for	the	last	10	financial	years	against	the 	
TSR	for	the	companies	in	the	FTSE	Travel	&	Leisure	Index.	The	Company	is	a	constituent	of	this	Index	and	therefore	it	is	an	appropriate	choice	for	this	report.

Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.
FTSE All-Share Travel & Leisure (rebased)

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

Mar-04

Mar-05

Mar-06

Mar-07

Mar-08

Mar-09

Mar-10

Mar-11

Mar-12

Mar-13

Mar-14

Source: Thomson Datastream

The	table	below	shows	the	total	remuneration	figure	for	the	Chief	Executive	over	the	last	five	financial	years	and	the	annual	bonus	and	LTIP	payout	for	each	year 		
as	a	percentage	of	the	maximum	available.

Single figure total remuneration

Annual bonus1

LTIP

2010

564

100%

70%

20112

1,518

70%

85%

2012

944

56%

92%

2013

1,088

41%

56%

20143

977

77%

64%

1	Annual	bonus	as	a	percentage	of	the	maximum	available.
2			The	single	total	remuneration	figure	includes	an	increase	in	the	accrued	benefit	under	the	defined	benefit	Company	pension	plan	to	the	value	of	£44,000,	equating	to	a	benefit	of	£880,000.	Michael 	
Turner	did	not	receive	such	an	increase	in	the	other	years	disclosed.	Excluding	this	pension	benefit	reduces	the	single	total	figure	to	£638,000	for	the	year.
3			Simon	Emeny	was	appointed	as	Group	Chief	Executive	in	July	2013.	The	single	total	figure	comprises	of	the	remuneration	received	by	Simon	Emeny	in	the	financial	year,	hence	includes	remuneration 		
for	the	three	months	prior	to	this	promotion.

60	 Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay 
The	table	below	shows	the	total	remuneration	for	the	Group’s	employees	compared	to	other	key	financial	indicators:

120

100

80

£m

60

40

20

0

2013

2014

Remuneration

Taxes
payable
to HMRC1

Capital
expenditure &
business
combinations2

Dividends3

Share
buybacks

1		Taxes	payable	to	HMRC	is	based	upon	tax	incurred	in	the	year	and	includes	corporation	tax,	VAT,	PAYE,	NI,	duty,	stamp	duty,	non-domestic	rates,	property	licences,	environmental	levies	and	machine	game 	
duty.	It	has	increased	due	to	increased	VAT	and	duty	payments	resulting	from	the	continued	growth	of	the	Group.	This	measure	has	been	selected	as	it	reflects	a	significant	outflow	for	the	Group.
2		Capital	expenditure	(including	business	combinations)	represents	cash	paid,	is	consistent	with	the	numbers	disclosed	in	the	financial	statements	and	has	increased	due	to	the	conversion	of	The 		
Lamb	&	Flag	from	leasehold	to	freehold	in	the	year.	This	measure	has	been	selected	as	it	reflects	a	significant	outflow	for	the	Group.
3	Dividends	represents	the	interim	dividend	for	2014	paid	in	the	year	and	the	final	dividend	for	2014	that	has	been	proposed	but	not	paid	in	the	year.

Statement of Voting at the Last Annual General Meeting
At	the	Annual	General	Meeting	held	on	25	July	2013,	votes	cast	by	proxy	in	respect	of	the	approval	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	were	as	follows: 	

Resolution text 

Approval of 
Remuneration Report 

On	behalf	of	the	Board

Number of votes 
cast for

Percentage of votes 
cast for

Number of votes 
cast against

Percentage of votes 
cast against 

Total votes cast

Number of 
votes withheld 

105,565,356

98.31%

1,814,051 

1.69%

107,379,407

1,150,823

Alastair	Kerr	
Chairman,	Remuneration	Committee

5	June	2014

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.	Annual	Report	2014	 61

Financial StatementsStrategic ReportGovernanceOverview 
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

We have audited the financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014, which comprise the Group Income Statement,  
the Group and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income, the Group and Company Balance Sheets, the Group and Company Statements of Changes in  
Equity, the Group and Company Cash Flow Statements and the related notes 1 to 30. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation  
of the Group and Company financial statements is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.  

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been  
undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To  
the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our  
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of Directors and auditor
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 37, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements  
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the financial statements in accordance with  
applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical  
Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
A description of the scope of an audit of financial statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.uk/apb/scope/private.cfm.

Auditor commentary
An overview of the scope of our audit
The Group is currently organised into three principal operating divisions: Managed Pubs and Hotels, Tenanted Inns and The Fuller’s Beer Company. Although the  
Group financial statements are a consolidation of ten subsidiaries, over 99% of the Group’s revenue and profit before taxation arise in the Parent Company. We also  
perform a full scope audit of one subsidiary, Grand Canal Trading Limited, with the other subsidiaries subject to analytical procedures. Our audit approach was  
based on a thorough understanding of the Group’s business and was risk-based.  

As this is an initial audit engagement, our audit process commenced with a series of meetings and site visits to build our knowledge of the business, together   
with a review of the predecessor auditor’s working papers, to obtain evidence over opening balances. We subsequently performed an interim visit at the Group’s  
head office in Chiswick in November 2013, including a review the Group’s internal control environment and the key IT systems. This review culminated in the  
issuance of our half-yearly report on 22 November 2013. Using the knowledge of the business we have obtained, we performed a risk assessment in December  
2013, taking into account some additional risk areas as this is the first year we have undertaken the audit. Based on this risk assessment, we planned a primarily  
substantive audit approach, although we have continued to build our knowledge of the control environment throughout the audit, with a view to placing greater  
reliance on the operating effectiveness of the internal control environment in the future. We undertook substantive testing on significant transactions, balances and  
disclosures, the extent of which was based on various factors such as our overall assessment of the control environment, the design effectiveness of controls over  
individual systems and the management of specific risks. 

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality in planning and performing our audit, in evaluating the effect of any identified misstatements and in forming our opinion.   
For the purpose of determining whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement we define materiality as the magnitude of a misstatement  
or an omission from the financial statements or related disclosures that would make it probable that the judgement of a reasonable person relying on the  
information would have been changed or influenced by the misstatement or omission. We also determine a level of performance materiality which we use to  
determine the extent of testing needed to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements  
exceeds materiality for the financial statements as a whole.

For the Group audit, we established materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole to be £1.6 million, which is 5% of a forecast of the year’s profit   
before taxation. As the profit before taxation for the year is not substantially different from the forecast, we have not revised our assessment of materiality.   
For the financial information of the individual subsidiary undertaking, we set our materiality based on a proportion of Group materiality appropriate to the   
relative scale of the business.

We have determined the threshold at which we communicate misstatements to the Audit Committee to be £80,000. In addition, we communicate  
misstatements below that threshold that, in our view, warrant reporting on qualitative grounds.

62  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Our assessment of risk
Without modifying our opinion, we highlight the following matters that are, in our judgement, likely to be most important to users’ understanding of our audit.   
Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and not to express an opinion   
on individual transactions, account balances or disclosures.

Assessment of impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill
As more fully explained in note 11, the Directors are required to make an impairment assessment for property, plant and equipment when there is an indication   
that an asset may be impaired and for goodwill annually. The process for measuring and recognising impairment under IAS 36, Impairment of Assets, is complex  
and highly judgemental, particularly as each individual trading outlet is treated as a separate cash-generating unit for impairment purposes. We therefore identified  
the valuation of property, plant and equipment and goodwill as a significant risk requiring special audit consideration.  

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, an evaluation of the methodology and assumptions used by the Directors to perform the impairment  
assessment, in particular those relating to the forecasted growth and discount rates for each cash-generating unit, and the allocation of goodwill to groups of  
cash-generating units. We compared the methodologies applied and the assumptions used to our expectations and emerging market activity. We used our  
valuations specialists, to challenge the key assumptions used by management. 

The Group’s accounting policy on impairment is included in note 1, with further disclosure given in respect of property, plant and equipment in note 11 and goodwill  
in note 10.

Measurement of the defined benefit pension liability
The Group has a significant defined benefit pension scheme, which has a deficit of £17 million at the year end. The pension scheme is accounted for in accordance  
with IAS 19, Employee Benefits. The process for the measurement of the pension liability is complex and highly judgemental, which is subject to complex actuarial  
assumptions. Therefore we identified the measurement of the liability as a significant risk requiring special audit consideration.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, reviewing the appropriateness of the IAS 19 valuation methodology; agreeing underlying data sent to actuaries  
and agreeing asset values to underlying investment manager statements. We also involved our actuarial specialists to independently challenge management’s  
assumptions.

The Group’s pension assumptions are set out in detail, together with related IAS 19 disclosures, in note 22.

Going concern
Under ISA 570 (UK & Ireland), we are required to assess whether the Group’s intended use of the going concern assumption extends for the foreseeable future,  
being at least twelve months from the reporting date. As disclosed in the Group’s going concern statement on page 19 we note that the Group’s current £150  
million bank facilities expire in May 2015. As the refinancing needs to take place within the period used by management in their going concern assessment, we  
have assessed going concern as a risk requiring particular audit consideration. 

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, a review of the Group’s short term cash flow forecasts for the period up to the date of refinancing, and longer  
term forecasts that assume a successful refinancing process in May 2015, to determine whether the Group has sufficient cash to meet its liabilities as they fall due  
for the foreseeable future. We have reviewed relevant correspondence and challenged management’s assertions to evaluate the status of their refinancing process.  
We have reviewed the Board’s disclosures to ensure that they provide appropriate disclosure of the expected refinancing process.

The Group’s going concern disclosures are given in note 1.

Exceptional items
The classification of exceptional items is determined by the Group’s accounting policy, which states that because of the nature and/or expected infrequency of the  
events giving rise to them, exceptional items merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the elements of financial performance in the  
year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to better assess trends in financial performance. The process for recognising exceptional items under IAS  
1, Presentation of financial statements, is judgemental. The classification of exceptional items has been assessed as a risk that requires particular audit consideration.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, a review of whether significant unusual or significant non-recurring transactions throughout the Group have  
been measured, presented and disclosed in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy and IAS 1. We challenged management on both the classification of  
significant exceptional items and the adequacy of the related disclosures.

The Group’s exceptional item disclosures are provided in note 5.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  63

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
to the Members of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C.

The risk of fraud in revenue recognition
Under ISAs (UK and Ireland), there is a presumed risk of fraud in revenue recognition. As the Group records a substantial proportion of sales in cash and through  
point of sale transactions, we identified fraud in revenue recognition as a significant risk requiring special audit consideration.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, an evaluation of the revenue recognition policies for each of the Group’s three operating segments in  
accordance with the Group’s stated accounting policies and IAS 18, Revenue. For each segment, we tested a sample of revenue transactions to assess whether the  
Group’s revenue recognition policy was being applied consistently in each case. This was supported by further substantive tests of detail in respect of trade  
receivables, through a combination of third party confirmations, testing of subsequent receipts or proof of delivery.  

The group’s accounting policy on revenue recognition is included in note 1, with disclosure of revenues in note 3.

Management override of financial control
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland), for all of our audits we are required to consider the risk of management override of financial controls. Due both to the unpredictable  
nature of this risk, and this being an initial audit engagement, we have assessed it as a significant risk requiring special audit consideration.

Our audit work included, but was not restricted to, specific procedures relating to this risk that are required by ISA 240, The Auditor’s Responsibilities Relating  
to Fraud in an Audit of Financial Statements. This included tests of journal entries using computer assisted analytical techniques, and in particular an assessment   
of both unusual transactions and an analysis of the initiators of journal entries. Our work also included the evaluation of judgements and assumptions in  
management’s estimates, assessing the extent of estimation uncertainty using sensitivity analysis, and tests of significant transactions outside the normal   
course of business. 

In particular, we assessed each of the critical judgements and estimates as set out in the Group’s accounting policies in note 1, with a particular focus on the  
assessment of impairment of property, plant and equipment and goodwill, as set out above.  

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion:

• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s affairs as at 29 March 2014 and for the Group’s profit for  

the period then ended;

• the Group and Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements,  

Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Other reporting responsibilities
Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and

• the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with   

the financial statements.

64  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the ISAs (UK and Ireland), we are required to report to you if, in our opinion, information in the Annual Report is:

• materially inconsistent with the information in the audited financial statements; or

• apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group acquired in the course of performing our audit; or

• is otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider whether we have identified any inconsistencies between our knowledge acquired during the audit and the Directors’  
statement that they consider the Annual Report is fair, balanced and understandable and whether the Annual Report appropriately discloses those matters that  
were communicated to the Audit Committee which we consider should have been disclosed.

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited   

by us; or

• the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records  

and returns; or

• certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules are required to review:

• the Directors’ statement, set out on page 19, in relation to going concern; and

• the part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the Corporate Governance Code   

specified for our review.

Charles Hutton-Potts
Charles Hutton-Potts (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Grant Thornton UK LLP
Statutory Auditor
London
5 June 2014

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  65

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Group Income Statement
for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Revenue

Operating costs 

Operating profit

Profit on disposal of properties

Finance costs*

Profit before tax*

Taxation*

Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders of the 
Parent Company*

Earnings per share per 40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share*

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted

Diluted adjusted

Earnings per share per 4p ‘B’ ordinary share*

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted

Diluted adjusted

52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Restated* 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013

Before
exceptional
items
£m

 288.0 

(248.1) 

Exceptional
items
£m

Before
exceptional
items
£m

Total
£m

Exceptional
items
£m

Total
£m

 – 

 288.0 

 271.5 

 – 

 271.5 

(1.9) 

(250.0) 

(234.5) 

(1.5) 

(236.0) 

 39.9 

 – 

(5.8) 

 34.1 

(7.9) 

 26.2 

Pence

 46.94 

46.27

 4.69 

 4.63 

(1.9) 

 1.9 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

3.5

2.9

 38.0 

 37.0 

 1.9 

(6.4) 

 33.5 

(4.4)

29.1

Pence

52.14

51.39

5.21

5.14

 – 

(5.9) 

 31.1 

(7.6) 

23.5 

Pence

 42.18 

 41.78

4.22 

 4.18 

(1.5) 

 5.0 

(0.9) 

 2.6 

 2.0 

 35.5 

 5.0 

(6.8) 

 33.7 

(5.6) 

 4.6 

 28.1 

Pence

 50.43 

 49.95 

 5.04 

 5.00 

Note

3 

4,5

5 

5,6

5,7

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

8 

The results and earnings per share measures above are all in respect of continuing operations of the Group.

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

66  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

 
Group and Company Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Group

Profit for the year*

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net gains/(losses) on valuation of financial assets and liabilities

Tax related to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Net actuarial (losses)/gains on pension schemes*

Tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss*

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax*

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, attributable to equity shareholders of the Parent Company

Company

Profit for the year*

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Net gains/(losses) on valuation of financial assets and liabilities

Tax related to items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Net actuarial (losses)/gains on pension schemes*

Tax related to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss*

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax*

Note

25 

22 

Notes

25

22 

52 weeks
ended
29 March
2014
£m

52 weeks
ended
30 March
2013
£m

29.1

 28.1 

2.4 

(0.6)

(4.1) 

 0.4 

(1.9) 

27.2

£m

26.4

 2.4 

(0.6)

(4.1) 

0.4

(1.9) 

(0.9) 

0.2 

 6.5 

(1.7) 

4.1 

32.2 

£m

25.2 

(0.9) 

 0.2 

6.5 

(1.7) 

 4.1 

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax, attributable to equity shareholders of the Parent Company

24.5

29.3 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  67

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
Group and Company Balance Sheets
29 March 2014

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment properties

Derivative financial assets

Other non-current assets

Investments in subsidiaries

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash and short term deposits

Total current assets

Assets classified as held for sale

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax payable

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Borrowings

Derivative financial liabilities

Retirement benefit obligations

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Other non-current payables

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Own shares

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity

Approved by the Board and signed on 5 June 2014.

M J Turner, FCA
Chairman

68  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Group
2014
£m

Group
2013
£m

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

Note

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

24 

17 

18 

21 

19 

34.4 

30.1 

7.9 

6.2 

434.8 

414.8 

433.1 

414.8 

4.7 

0.8 

0.4 

–

6.2 

4.2 

–

0.4 

–

6.1 

4.7 

0.8 

0.4 

94.8 

6.1 

4.2 

–

0.4 

91.8 

6.0 

481.3 

455.6 

547.8 

523.4 

10.6 

18.3 

4.1 

33.0

1.2 

10.1 

18.3 

4.3 

32.7 

0.6 

10.6 

18.3 

4.1 

33.0

1.2 

10.1 

18.3 

4.3 

32.7 

0.6 

20 

46.1 

40.9 

140.4 

133.2 

24 

21 

13 

22 

24 

24 

20 

26 

26 

26 

26 

26 

3.9

1.2 

3.8 

1.0 

3.9

1.2 

3.8 

1.0 

51.2

45.7 

145.5 

138.0 

143.9 

139.9 

143.7 

139.9 

0.8 

17.2 

22.6

2.2 

0.4

187.1

277.2

2.4 

13.0 

26.7 

1.8 

–

183.8 

259.4 

0.8 

17.2 

22.6

2.2 

–

186.5

250.0

2.4 

13.0 

26.7 

1.8 

–

183.8 

234.9 

22.8 

22.8 

22.8 

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

(9.7)

–

4.8 

3.1 

(8.7)

(1.8)

4.8 

3.1 

(9.7)

–

4.8 

3.1 

(8.7)

(1.8)

256.2

277.2

239.2 

259.4 

229.0

250.0

214.7 

234.9 

Group and Company Statements of Changes in Equity
for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Group

At 31 March 2012

Profit for the year*

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year*

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity (note 7)

Total transactions with owners

At 30 March 2013

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity (note 7)

Total transactions with owners

At 29 March 2014

Company

At 31 March 2012

Profit for the year*

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year*

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity 

Total transactions with owners

At 30 March 2013

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares purchased to be held in ESOT or as treasury

Shares released from ESOT and treasury

Dividends (note 9)

Share-based payment charges

Tax credited directly to equity 

Total transactions with owners

At 29 March 2014

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

Share
capital
(note 26)
£m

22.8 

Share
premium
account
£m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m

Own
shares
(note 26)
£m

Hedging
reserve
£m

Restated*
Retained
earnings
£m

Restated*
Total
£m

4.8 

3.1 

(8.3)

(1.1)

214.0 

235.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

£m

22.8 

£m

4.8 

£m

3.1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

22.8 

4.8 

3.1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(4.0) 

 3.6 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(0.4)

(8.7)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5.3) 

 4.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1.0)

(9.7)

£m

(8.3)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(4.0) 

 3.6 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(0.4)

(8.7)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5.3) 

 4.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(1.0)

(9.7)

 – 

(0.7)

(0.7) 

28.1 

4.8 

28.1 

4.1 

 32.9 

 32.2 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 – 

(3.1)

(7.2)

1.9 

0.7 

(7.7)

(4.0)

0.5 

(7.2)

1.9 

0.7 

(8.1)

(1.8)

239.2 

259.4 

 – 

1.8

1.8

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

£m

(1.1)

 – 

(0.7)

(0.7)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

29.1

(3.7)

25.4

 – 

(2.9)

(7.9) 

1.8 

0.6 

(8.4)

29.1

(1.9)

27.2

(5.3)

1.4 

(7.9)

1.8 

0.6 

(9.4)

256.2

277.2

£m

£m

192.4 

213.7 

25.2 

4.8 

30.0 

 – 

(3.1)

(7.2)

1.9 

0.7 

(7.7)

25.2 

4.1 

29.3 

(4.0)

0.5 

(7.2)

1.9 

0.7 

(8.1)

(1.8)

214.7 

234.9 

 – 

1.8

1.8

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

26.4

(3.7)

22.7

–

(2.9)

(7.9)

1.8 

0.6

(8.4)

26.4

(1.9)

24.5

(5.3)

1.4 

(7.9)

1.8 

0.6 

(9.4)

229.0

250.0

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  69

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
Group and Company Cash Flow Statements
for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Profit before tax*

Net finance costs before exceptional items*

Exceptional items*

Depreciation and amortisation

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Difference between pension charge and cash paid

Share-based payment charges

Change in trade and other receivables

Change in inventories

Change in trade and other payables

Cash impact of operating exceptional items

Cash generated from operations

Tax paid

Cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Business combinations

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Overdraft acquired on acquisition

Sale of property, plant and equipment

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Purchase of own shares

Receipts on release of own shares to option schemes

Interest paid

Preference dividends paid

Equity dividends paid

Drawdown of bank loans

Repayment of bank loans

Repayment of other loans

Cost of refinancing

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net movement in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

There were no significant non-cash transactions during either year.

70  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Group
52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*
Group
52 weeks
ended
30 March
2013
£m

Company
52 weeks
ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

Company
52 weeks
ended
30 March
2013
£m

Note

33.5 

5.8 

0.6

14.7

(0.1)

54.5

(0.5)

1.8

1.0

(0.1)

2.8

(2.1)

57.4

(8.0)

49.4

(9.6)

(28.5)

(0.1)

2.6

33.7 

5.9 

(2.6)

 14.2 

 – 

 51.2 

(0.5) 

 1.9 

(0.2) 

 0.4 

(4.0) 

(1.5) 

 47.3 

(8.1) 

 39.2 

(11.4) 

(18.2) 

 – 

 9.5 

30.0

9.0

0.6

14.5

(0.1)

54.0

(0.5)

1.8

1.0

(0.1)

2.8

(2.1)

56.9

(8.0)

48.9

(9.6)

(28.1)

–

2.6

31.1 

9.0 

(3.1)

14.2 

–

 51.2 

(0.5)

1.9 

(0.2)

0.4 

(4.0)

(1.5)

 47.3 

(8.1)

39.2 

(11.4)

(18.2)

–

9.5 

(35.6)

(20.1) 

 (35.1) 

(20.1) 

(5.3) 

1.4

(5.2)

(0.1) 

(7.9) 

3.4

–

(0.3)

–

(4.0) 

 0.6 

(5.3) 

(0.1) 

(7.2) 

–

(2.5) 

–

(0.2) 

(5.3)

1.4

(5.2)

(0.1)

(7.9)

3.4

–

(0.3)

–

(4.0)

0.6 

(5.3)

(0.1)

(7.2)

–

(2.5)

–

(0.2) 

(14.0) 

(18.7) 

(14.0) 

(18.7) 

(0.2)

 4.3 

4.1

 0.4 

 3.9 

 4.3 

(0.2)

4.3 

4.1

0.4 

3.9 

4.3 

5 

4 

5 

16 

26 

9 

9 

21 

21 

 
Notes to the Financial Statements

1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies

Authorisation of Financial Statements and Statement of Compliance with IFRSs
The financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 were authorised for issue by the  
Board of Directors on 5 June 2014 and the Balance Sheet was signed on the Board’s behalf by M J Turner. Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. is a public limited company  
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary ‘A’ shares are traded on the London Stock Exchange.

The Group’s and Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted for use  
in the European Union and applied to the financial statements of the Group and the Company for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014, in accordance with the  
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and by the Company are set out in the accounting policies below.  

Profit Attributable to Members of the Parent Company
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 a separate Income Statement for the Parent Company has not been prepared. The profit attributable  
to ordinary shareholders and included in the financial statements of the Parent Company was £26.4 million (2013: £25.2 million). There was no dividend from  
subsidiary companies during the current year (2013: £nil).

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Preparation
The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the financial statements for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014.

The Group and Company financial statements are presented in Sterling and all values are shown in millions of pounds (£m) rounded to the nearest hundred  
thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

The Directors have considered a number of cash flow scenarios and have determined that the Group has adequate resources, an appropriate financial structure  
and suitable management arrangements in place to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.

The Group’s banking facilities expire in a period less than 12 months from the date of the financial statements. Having made sufficient enquiries the Directors are 
satisfied that the Group will have no difficulty in refinancing and continuing to borrow at levels that will allow the Group to continue in operational existence for  
the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the Directors consider that it is appropriate to continued to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the  
financial statements.

Adoption of New Standards and Interpretations:
The following new and amended IFRS and IFRIC interpretations are effective for the Group’s period commencing 31 March 2013:

• IAS 1 Financial Statement Presentation – Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income 

• IAS 19 Employment Benefits (Amended) 

• IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements (as revised in 2011)  

• IAS 28 Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures (as revised in 2011)  

• IFRS 1 Government Loans – Amendments to IFRS 1  

• IFRS 7 Disclosures – Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Amendments to IFRS 7 

• IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement  

• Improvements to IFRS 2009-2011 cycle  

1 July 2012

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

1 January 2013

IAS 19: Employee benefits (amended)
The recognition of finance costs/revenue relating to the defined benefit pension scheme has changed due to the adoption of IAS 19 Employee Benefits  
(Amended) for the financial year ended 29 March 2014. The standard requires the Group to replace interest costs on defined benefit obligations and expected  
return on plan assets with a net interest amount that is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability.  

The standard requires the new method to be applied retrospectively to previous periods and so the Income Statement for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013 has  
been restated to reflect this change. For the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013 this has resulted in a net reduction in profit before tax of £1.5 million, from finance  
income of £0.6 million to a charge of £0.9 million. The corresponding adjustments have been made to taxation resulting in total tax reducing from £5.9 million to  
£5.6 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. In the period there has been a corresponding increase to actuarial gains recognised on the defined benefit  
pension scheme and tax thereon, recognised through the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income.  There is no net impact to either the retirement benefit  
obligations recognised in the Balance Sheet or to Shareholders’ Equity.

As a consequence of the above change in accounting policy the Directors have reviewed the treatment of finance costs on net pension liabilities and have elected  
to present finance costs on net pension liabilities as an exceptional item as it does not relate to the underlying trading of the Group and therefore should not be  
considered in adjusted profit. 

IAS 1: Presentation of financial statements – presentation of items of other comprehensive income
A change to the accounting standard requires the Statement of Comprehensive Income to be split between “items that may be reclassified to the profit or loss”  
and “items that will not be reclassified to the profit or loss”. This presentational change has been applied to the current and prior periods.

The remaining new standards have not had a significant impact on the accounting policies, financial position or performance of the Group.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  71

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued

Basis of Consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of Fuller, Smith & Turner P.L.C. and the entities it controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up for the   
52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 (2013: 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013).

Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date  
that such control ceases. Control comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee so as to obtain benefit from its activities and is  
achieved through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights; currently exercisable or convertible potential voting rights; or by way of contractual agreement. The  
financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the Parent Company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany  
balances and transactions, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated.

Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Intangible assets acquired separately from a business are carried initially  
at cost. An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination is recognised outside goodwill if the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other  
legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably. Payments made to acquire operating leases from third parties are classified as intangible assets and  
amortised over the expected life of the lease and recognised in the Income Statement.  

Goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for under IFRS 3 using the purchase method. Any excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in  
the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is recognised in the Balance Sheet as goodwill and is not amortised. To the extent that  
the net fair value of the acquired entity’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities is greater than the cost of the investment, a gain is recognised  
immediately in the Income Statement.

After initial recognition, goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses, with the carrying value being reviewed for impairment, at least annually  
and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Any impairment of goodwill made cannot be reversed if  
circumstances subsequently change.

For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to the related cash-generating units (or group of cash-generating units) monitored by management. Where 
the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, an impairment loss is recognised in the Income Statement.

The carrying amount of goodwill allocated to a cash-generating unit is taken into account when determining the gain or loss on disposal of the unit, or of an  
operation within it.

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment in value. Depreciation is calculated on a  
straight-line basis down to the estimated residual value over the expected useful life of the asset as follows:

Freehold buildings – Hotel accommodation and offices 

Up to 50 years

Freehold buildings – Licensed retail property, unlicensed property and brewery 

50 to 100 years

Leasehold improvements  

Roofs  

The term of the lease

From 10 to 50 years

Plant, machinery and vehicles, containers, fixtures and fittings  

From three years up to 25 years

As required under IAS 16 Property Plant and Equipment, expected useful lives and residual values are reviewed every year. Land is not depreciated.

Government Grants
Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attached to them and that the grants  
will be received.

Government grants are recognised in profit or loss on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as expenses the related costs for which  
the grants are intended to compensate. Specifically, government grants whose primary condition is that the Group should purchase, construct or otherwise  
acquire non-current assets are recognised as deferred revenue in the Balance Sheet and transferred to the Income Statement on a systematic basis over the useful 
economic life of the related assets. 

Investment Property
The Group owns properties that are not used for the production of goods or services but are held for capital appreciation or rental purposes. These properties are  
classified as investment properties and their carrying values are based on cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis down to the estimated residual  
value over the expected useful life of the asset, which for investment properties is 50 to 100 years.

Impairment
Carrying values are reviewed for impairment if events indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. If such an indicator exists and where   
the carrying values exceed the estimated recoverable amount, the assets or cash-generating units are written down to their recoverable amounts. An asset’s  
recoverable amount is the greater of the fair value less costs to sell, and the value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to  
present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the asset. For an asset that  
does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.  
Impairment losses, and any reversal of such losses, are recognised in the Income Statement.

Leases

Group as a lessee
Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases and rentals payable are charged   
in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.  

72  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued

Group as a lessor
Assets leased under operating leases are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Rental income, including the  
effect of lease incentives, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Incentives received or receivable to enter into an operating lease are spread on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Assets Held for Sale
Assets are classified as held for sale when the carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. To be classified  
as such management need to have initiated a sales plan as at the Balance Sheet date and must expect the sale to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within  
one year. Assets held for sale are valued at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. No depreciation is charged whilst assets are classified as  
held for sale.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is calculated using the First In First Out method. The cost of own beer consists of materials  
with the addition of relevant overhead expenses. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs of  
completion and the costs to be incurred in marketing, selling and distribution.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables and loans to customers do not carry any interest and are recognised at their original invoiced amounts, less an allowance for any amounts that  
are not considered to be collectible. Increases to the allowance account are recognised in the Income Statement within operating costs. At the point a trade  
receivable is written off the ledger as uncollectible, the cost is charged against the allowance account and any subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written  
off are credited to the Income Statement.

Cash and short term deposits
Cash and short term deposits comprise cash at bank and in hand and short term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

Derecognition
A financial asset (or, where applicable a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognised where the rights to receive cash flows  
from the asset have expired.

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables do not bear interest and are carried at original cost.

Bank loans, overdrafts and debentures
Interest bearing bank loans, overdrafts and debentures are initially recorded at the fair value of proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and thereafter at  
amortised cost. Finance charges, including premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct issue costs are accounted for on an effective interest rate  
basis in the Income Statement. Finance charges are added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which  
they arise.

Derecognition
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by  
another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is  
treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the difference in the respective carrying amounts together with  
any costs or fees incurred are recognised in profit or loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
In order to hedge its exposure to certain foreign exchange transaction risks, the Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts. In order to hedge its  
exposure to interest rate risks, the Group enters into interest rate derivative contracts. The Group uses these contracts in order to hedge known borrowings. The  
Group does not use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at  
fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative. The fair value of forward currency contracts  
is calculated by reference to current forward exchange rates for contracts with similar maturity profiles. The fair value of interest rate swap and cap contracts are  
determined by reference to market values for similar instruments. This represents a Level 2 fair value under the hierarchy in IFRS 7.

For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. This  
documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how effectiveness will be measured  
throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective. For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow  
hedges when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or a highly  
probable forecast transaction.

Interest rate swaps are classified as cash flow hedges. If they are effective hedges, then any changes in fair value are deferred in equity until the hedged transaction  
occurs, when any changes in fair value will be recycled through the Income Statement together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item. If the hedges  
are not effective hedges, then any changes in fair value are recognised in the Income Statement immediately.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  73

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognised in equity are transferred to profit or loss. If the hedging instrument expires   
or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognised in equity remain in  
equity until the forecast transaction occurs and are transferred to the Income Statement.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken to the Income Statement.

Classification of Shares as Debt or Equity
When shares are issued, any component that creates a financial liability of the Company or Group is presented as a liability in the Balance Sheet; measured initially  
at fair value net of transaction costs and thereafter at amortised cost until extinguished on conversion or redemption. The corresponding dividends relating to the  
liability component are charged as interest expense in the Income Statement. The initial fair value of the liability component is determined using a market rate for  
an equivalent liability without a conversion feature.

The remainder of the proceeds on issue is allocated to the equity component and included in shareholders’ equity, net of transaction costs. The carrying amount   
of the equity component is not remeasured in subsequent years.

The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments. For the purposes of the disclosures given in note 25, the Group considers its capital to comprise  
its ordinary share capital, share premium, capital redemption reserve, hedging reserve and accumulated retained earnings plus its preference shares which are  
classified as a financial liability in the Balance Sheet. There have been no changes to what the Group considers to be capital since the prior year.

Preference Shares
The Group’s preference shares are reported under non-current liabilities. The corresponding dividends on preference shares are charged as interest in the Income  
Statement. Preference shares carry interest at fixed rates.

Revenue
Revenue is recognised to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and revenue can be reliably measured. It is measured at  
the fair value of consideration received or receivable, net of discounts and VAT.

Sales of goods are recognised when the goods are delivered and title has passed. Rental income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.  
Revenue for bedroom accommodation is recognised at the point the services are rendered. Amusement machine revenue is recognised in the accounting period  
to which the income relates.

Operating Profit
Operating profit is revenue less operating costs. Revenue is as detailed above and as shown in note 3. Operating costs are all costs excluding finance costs, costs  
associated with the disposal of properties and the tax charge.

Finance Revenue
Finance revenue is recognised as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs are generally recognised as an expense when incurred. Interest expenses directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of an asset that  
takes a substantial period of time to get ready for use are capitalised as part of the cost of the assets being created. This is applied to development projects where  
the development is expected to last in excess of six months at the commencement of the project.

Taxation
The current tax payable is based on taxable profit for the year using UK tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date and any adjustment to  
tax payable in respect of previous years. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the Income Statement because it excludes items of income or expense  
that are taxable or deductible in other years or are never taxable or deductible.

Tax is charged or credited directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited or charged to equity. Otherwise tax is recognised in the Statement of  
Comprehensive Income or the Income Statement, as applicable.

Deferred tax is provided on all temporary differences at the Balance Sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for  
financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences except where the liability arises from the initial recognition  
of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor  
taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal of the  
temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is  
probable that taxable profit will be available against which they can be utilised except where the deferred tax asset arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or  
an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or  
loss. The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each Balance Sheet date.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured on an undiscounted basis at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods when the asset is realised or the  
liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws enacted or substantively enacted at the Balance Sheet date.

Foreign Currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates of exchange ruling at the dates of the transactions.

Monetary assets and liabilities are translated at the year end exchange rates and the resulting exchange differences are taken to the Income Statement, except  
where hedge accounting is applied.

74  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued

Pensions and Other Post-Employment Benefits

Defined contribution schemes
Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit schemes are charged to the Income Statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit schemes
The Group operates a defined benefit pension plan for eligible employees where contributions are made into a separate fund administered by Trustees.  

The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plan is determined using the projected unit credit method calculated by qualified actuaries. This attributes  
entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of defined  
benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the vesting period or  
immediately if the benefits have vested.

When a settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future obligations as a result of a material reduction in the  
scheme membership or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation and related plan assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and  
the resultant gain or loss is recognised in the Income Statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

The Group determines the net interest charge on the net defined benefit liability for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit  
obligation at the beginning of the period to the net pension liability at the beginning of the period. The net interest charge is recognised immediately as an  
exceptional finance cost in the Income Statement. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period   
in which they occur.

The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the Balance Sheet comprises the total of the present value of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate  
based on high quality corporate bonds), less any past service cost not yet recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be  
settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and in the case of quoted securities is the published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit  
asset is restricted to the sum of any unrecognised past service costs and the present value of any amount the Group expects to recover by way of refunds from   
the plan or reductions in the future contributions.

Exceptional Items
The Group presents as exceptional items on the face of the Income Statement, those material items of income and expense which, because of the nature   
or expected infrequency of the events giving rise to them, merit separate presentation to allow shareholders to understand better the elements of financial  
performance in the year, so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to better assess trends in financial performance.

As a consequence of the change in the pension accounting policy following the adoption of IAS 19 (Amended) the Directors have reviewed the treatment   
of finance costs on net pension liabilities and have elected to present finance costs on net pension liabilities as an exceptional item as it does not relate to the  
underlying trading of the Group and therefore should not be considered in adjusted profit.  

Share-Based Payments
The Group has an employee Share Incentive Plan, that awards shares to employees based on the reported profits of the Group for the year, and a Long Term  
Incentive Plan which awards shares to Directors and senior executives subject to specific performance criteria. The Group also issues equity-settled share-based  
payments to certain employees under approved and unapproved share option schemes and a Savings Related Share Option Scheme.

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted and is recognised as an  
expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Fair value is determined using an  
appropriate pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions. The Group has no equity-settled transactions that  
are linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest. At each Balance Sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the  
extent to which the vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and of the number of  
equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous Balance Sheet date is recognised in the Income Statement,  
with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost based on the original  
award terms continues to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the  
incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as  
measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled (including when a non-vesting condition within the control of the entity or employee is not met), it is treated as if it had  
vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in the Income Statement for the award is expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up   
to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being treated as an expense in the  
Income Statement.

Own Shares
Shares to be awarded under employee incentive plans and those that have been awarded but have yet to vest unconditionally are held at cost by an employee  
share ownership trust and shown as a deduction from equity in the Balance Sheet.

In addition to the purchase of shares by the various employee share ownership trusts for specific awards, the Group also from time to time acquires own shares to  
be held as treasury shares. These shares are occasionally but not exclusively used to satisfy awards under various share option schemes. Treasury shares are held at  
cost and shown as a deduction from total equity in the Balance Sheet.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  75

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
1. Authorisation of Financial Statements and Accounting Policies continued
Consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognised in equity, with any difference between the proceeds from sale and the original cost being  
taken to revenue reserves. No gain or loss is recognised in the performance statements on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of treasury shares.

Dividends
Dividends recommended by the Board but unpaid at the year end are not recognised in the financial statements until they are paid (in the case of the interim  
dividend) or approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting (in the case of the final dividend).

Financial Guarantee Contracts
Where the Company enters into contracts to guarantee the indebtedness of other companies within the Group, the Company considers these to be insurance  
arrangements, and accounts for them as such. In this respect the Company treats the guarantee contracts as a contingent liability until such time as it becomes  
probable that the Company will be required to make a payment under the guarantee.

The Company’s Investments in Subsidiaries
The Company recognises its investments in subsidiaries at cost. Income is recognised from these investments only in relation to distributions received from  
post-acquisition profits. Distributions received in excess of post-acquisition profits are deducted from the cost of the investment.

New Standards and Interpretations Issued But Not Yet Applied
The IASB and IFRIC have issued the following standards and interpretations with an effective date for periods starting on or after the date on which these financial  
statements start. The Directors do not anticipate that the adoption of any of these standards and interpretations, wherever relevant to the Group, will have a  
significant impact on the Group’s results or assets and liabilities in the period of initial application and are not expected to require significant additional disclosure:

• IFRS 9 Financial Instruments: Classification and Measurement  

• IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements  

• IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 Investments Entities – Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 12 and IAS 27 

• IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements  

• IFRS 12 Disclosure of Involvement with Other Entities  

• IAS 32 Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Amendments to IAS 32  

• IAS 36 (amendments) Recoverable Amount Disclosure for Non-financial Assets 

• IAS 39 (amendments) Novation of Derivatives and Continuation of Hedge Accounting 

• IFRIC Interpretation 21 Levies 

• Improvements to IFRS 2010 – 2013 cycles 

*Latest date of adoption.

1 January 2015

1 January 2014

1 January 2014*

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

1 January 2014

 1 January 2014

1 January 2014

1 July 2014

Significant Accounting Estimates and Judgements
The judgements, estimates and assumptions which are considered to be significant are as follows:

The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired on an annual basis and this requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which  
the goodwill is allocated. This involves estimation of future cash flows and choosing a suitable discount rate. Full details are supplied in note 10, together with an  
analysis of the key assumptions.

The Group reviews for impairment all property, plant and equipment at cash-generating unit level where there is any indication of impairment. This requires an  
estimation of the value in use and involves estimation of future cash flows and choosing a suitable discount rate. See note 11, which describes the assumptions used  
together with an analysis of the key assumptions.

Measurement of defined benefit pension obligations requires estimation of future changes in salaries and inflation, as well as mortality rates, the expected return  
on assets and the selection of a suitable discount rate. These have been determined on advice from the Group’s qualified actuary. The estimates used and the key  
assumptions are provided in note 22.

Judgement is required when determining the provision for taxes as the tax treatment of some transactions cannot be finally determined until a formal resolution  
has been reached with the tax authorities. Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the benefit will be obtained. Tax provisions are made if it is  
possible that a liability will arise. The Group reviews each significant tax liability or benefit to assess the appropriate accounting treatment. See notes 7 and 24.

The assessment of fair values for the assets and liabilities recognised in the financial statements on the acquisition of a business requires significant judgement.  
Management assesses fair values, particularly for property, plant and equipment, with reference to current market prices. See note 16 for business combinations  
made in the year.

76  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued2. Segmental Analysis

Operating Segments
For management purposes, the Group’s operating segments are:

• Managed Pubs and Hotels, which comprises managed pubs and managed hotels;

• Tenanted Inns, which comprises pubs operated by third parties under tenancy or lease agreements; and

• The Fuller’s Beer Company, which comprises the brewing and distribution of beer, cider, wines, spirits and soft drinks.

The Group’s business is vertically integrated. The most important measure used to evaluate the performance of the business is adjusted profit, which is the profit  
before tax, adjusted for exceptional items. The operating segments are organised and managed separately according to the nature of the products and services  
provided, with each segment representing a strategic operating unit. More details of these segments are given in the Strategic Review on pages 6 to 29 of this  
report. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit before exceptional items and is measured consistently with the operating profit before  
exceptional items in the consolidated financial statements.

Transfer prices between operating segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segment revenue, segment  
expense and segment result include transfers between operating segments. Those transfers are eliminated on consolidation. Group financing, including finance  
costs and revenue, and taxation are managed on a Group basis.

As segment assets and liabilities are not regularly provided to the Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Group has elected, as provided under IFRS 8 Operating  
Segments (amended) not to disclose a measure of segment assets and liabilities.

52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Revenue 

Segment revenue

Inter-segment sales

Revenue from third parties

Segment result

Operating exceptional items

Operating profit 

Profit on disposal of properties

Net finance costs

Profit before tax

Other segment information

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

Business combinations

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property

Reversal of impairment on property

1Unallocated expenses represent primarily the salary and cost of central management.

25.4

4.9

10.0 

0.9 

(0.3) 

 1.6 

 2.2 

 1.7 

 0.9 

(1.0) 

1.5

4.2

 3.0 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Managed
Pubs and
 Hotels
£m

Tenanted
Inns
£m

The Fuller’s
Beer
Company
£m

Unallocated1
£m

Total
£m

186.0 

 31.3 

 115.8 

–

–

186.0 

 31.3 

(45.1) 

 70.7 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 333.1 

(45.1) 

 288.0 

22.5 

 12.3 

 8.5 

(3.4) 

 39.9 

(1.9) 

38.0 

1.9 

(6.4) 

33.5 

28.5

11.3

 14.7 

 1.8 

(1.3) 

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  77

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
2. Segmental Analysis continued

52 weeks ended 30 March 2013

Revenue 

Segment revenue 

Inter-segment sales

Revenue from third parties

Segment result

Operating exceptional items

Operating profit

Profit on disposal of properties

Net finance costs*

Profit before tax*

Managed
Pubs and
 Hotels
£m

Tenanted
Inns
£m

The Fuller’s
Beer
Company
£m

  Unallocated1
£m

170.1 

 30.8 

 113.6 

– 

 – 

(43.0) 

170.1 

 30.8 

 70.6 

 – 

–

 – 

Restated*
Total
£m

 314.5 

(43.0) 

 271.5 

19.4 

 12.2 

 8.7 

(3.3) 

 37.0 

(1.5) 

35.5 

5.0 

(6.8) 

33.7 

 18.2 

 11.4 

14.2

 1.8 

(0.8) 

Other segment information

Capital expenditure: Property, plant and equipment

Business combinations

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment of property

Reversal of impairment on property

14.1 

7.5 

9.6

0.7 

(0.8) 

 2.2 

 3.9 

 1.6 

 1.1 

 – 

 1.9 

 – 

 3.0 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.  
1 Unallocated expenses represent primarily the salary and costs of central management.

Geographical Information
The majority of the Group’s business is within the UK and the Group identifies two distinct geographic markets:

52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Revenue

Sales to external customers

52 weeks ended 30 March 2013

Revenue

Sales to external customers

UK
£m

Rest of the
World
£m

Total
£m

280.2 

7.8 

288.0 

UK
£m

Rest of the
World
£m

Total
£m

265.0 

6.5 

271.5 

Sales to external customers disclosed in geographical information are based on the geographical location of the customer. All of the Group’s assets, liabilities and  
capital expenditure relate to the UK only.

3. Revenue

Revenue disclosed in the Income Statement is analysed as follows:

Sale of goods and services

Rental income

78  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

52 weeks
ended
29 March
2014
£m

52 weeks
ended
30 March
2013
£m

278.4 

262.1 

9.6 

9.4 

288.0 

271.5 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued4. Operating Costs

Production costs and cost of goods used in retailing 

Change in stocks of finished goods and beer in progress

Staff costs

Repairs and maintenance

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangibles

Operating lease rentals – minimum lease payments1

– contingent rents2

Exceptional items (note 5) 

Other

1 Included within minimum lease payments are sublease payments of £0.6 million (2013: £0.7 million).  
2 Contingent rents are dependent on turnover levels.

Details of income and direct expenses relating to rental income from investment properties are shown in note 12.

a) Auditors’ Remuneration

Fees payable to Company’s auditors:

– Statutory audit fees of Group financial statements

Other audit related services of £16,000 comprising of a half year review were incurred in the year.

b) Staff Costs*

Wages and salaries**

Social security costs

Pension benefits

*Includes Directors. 
**Includes share-based payment expense.

c) Average Number of Employees*

The average monthly number of persons employed by the Group (including part-time staff) was as follows:

Fuller’s Inns

The Fuller’s Beer Company

Central Services

*Includes Directors.

d) Directors’ Emoluments
Full details are provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report and tables on pages 44 to 61.

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

 52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

97.5

0.5

72.9

9.2

95.7 

(0.4) 

 67.3 

7.5 

14.1 

 13.7 

0.6 

7.5

1.8

1.9 

 0.5 

 7.2 

 1.5 

 1.5 

44.0

 41.5 

 250.0 

 236.0 

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

 52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

0.1 

£m

66.2

4.9

1.8

72.9

£m

60.6 

4.8 

 1.9 

 67.3 

Number

Number

3,269 

 3,166 

328 

13 

 297 

 14 

3,610 

3,477 

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  79

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
5. Exceptional Items

Amounts included in operating profit:

Acquisition costs

Impairment of properties

Reversal of impairment on property

Onerous lease provision release (note 24)

Reorganisation costs

Total exceptional items included in operating profit

Profit on disposal of properties

Exceptional finance costs:

Finance charge on net pension liabilities* (note 22)

Total exceptional finance costs

Total exceptional items before tax

Exceptional tax:

Change in corporation tax rate (note 7)

Profit on disposal of properties

Other items*

Total exceptional tax*

Total exceptional items*

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

 Restated*
52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

(1.1) 

(1.8) 

1.3 

0.9 

(1.2) 

(1.9) 

1.9 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

3.4

(0.3)

0.4

3.5

2.9

(0.5) 

(1.8) 

 0.8 

 – 

 – 

(1.5) 

 5.0 

(0.9) 

(0.9) 

 2.6 

 1.2 

(0.1) 

 0.9 

 2.0 

 4.6 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. As per note 1 the finance income/charge on net pension liabilities is now treated as exceptional. This has also been restated from income of  
£0.6 million to a charge of £0.9 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. In line with the change in status to exceptional the associated tax adjustment has resulted in a change in exceptional tax  
credit from £1.8 million to £2.0 million.

Acquisition costs of £1.1 million during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 (2013: £0.5 million) related to transaction costs on pub and business acquisitions which  
qualify as business combinations (see note 16).

The property impairment charge of £1.8 million during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 (2013: £1.8 million) represents the write down of licensed properties to  
their recoverable value. The reversal of impairment credit of £1.3 million during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 (2013: £0.8 million) relates to the write back of  
previously impaired licensed properties to their recoverable value.

The onerous lease provision release of £0.9 million during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 was recognised due to the change in circumstances of two  
previously onerous leasehold properties.

The reorganisation costs of £1.2 million for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 were principally incurred within The Fuller’s Beer Company and relate to staff and  
the proposed closure of the defined benefit pension scheme to future accrual.

The cash impact of operating exceptional items before tax for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 was a £2.1 million cash outflow (2013: £1.5 million outflow).

80  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued6. Finance Costs

Interest expense arising on:

Financial liabilities at amortised cost – loans and debentures

Financial liabilities at amortised cost – preference shares

Total interest expense for financial liabilities

Unwinding of discounts on provisions

Total finance costs before exceptional items

Finance charge on net pension liabilities* (note 5)

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

 5.4 

0.1 

5.5 

0.3 

5.8 

0.6 

6.4 

5.5

0.1

 5.6 

 0.3 

 5.9 

 0.9 

 6.8 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. Finance income/charge on net pension liabilities has been restated from income of £0.6 million to a charge of £0.9 million for the 52 weeks ended  
30 March 2013.

7. Taxation

a) Tax on Profit on Ordinary Activities

Group

Tax charged in the Income Statement

Current income tax:

Corporation tax

Amounts over provided in previous years

Total current income tax

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences*

Change in corporation tax rate (note 5)

Amounts underprovided in previous years

Total deferred tax*

Total tax charged in the Income Statement*

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

8.8

(0.3)

8.5

(0.8)

(3.4)

0.1

(4.1)

4.4

 8.6 

(0.2) 

 8.4 

(1.6) 

(1.2) 

–

(2.8) 

 5.6 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. The deferred tax relating to the pension scheme finance charge/income has been restated with the effect of reducing the total tax charged in the  
Income Statement from £5.9 million to £5.6 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013.

Tax relating to items charged/(credited) to the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Deferred tax:

Change in corporation tax rate

Net gains/(losses) on valuation of financial assets and liabilities

Net actuarial (losses)/gains on pension scheme*

Tax charge included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income*

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

0.6

0.4

(0.8)

0.2

 0.3 

(0.2) 

1.4 

 1.5 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. The deferred tax relating to net actuarial gains on pension scheme has been restated from £1.1 million to £1.4 million for the 52 weeks ended  
30 March 2013.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  81

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
7. Taxation continued

Tax relating to items charged/credited directly to equity

Deferred tax:

Reduction in deferred tax liability due to indexation

Share-based payments

Current tax:

Share-based payments

Tax credit included in the Statement of Changes in Equity

Deferred tax in the Income Statement

Decelerated tax depreciation

Rolled over capital gains

Retirement benefit obligations*

Tax losses carried forward

Employee share schemes

Others

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

(0.3)

0.1

(0.4)

(0.6)

(2.9)

(1.0)

0.1

–

(0.1)

(0.2)

(4.1) 

(0.5) 

0.1 

(0.3) 

(0.7) 

(3.3) 

0.4 

(0.1)

0.1 

0.2 

(0.1) 

(2.8) 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. The deferred tax relating to retirement benefit obligations has been restated from a charge of £0.2 million to a credit of £0.1 million for the 52 weeks 
ended 30 March 2013.

During the period the Finance Act 2013 has received Royal Assent. The main impact is that the rate of UK corporation tax has reduced from 23% to 21% from 1 April  
2014 and will reduce from 21% to 20% from 1 April 2015. To the extent that this rate change will affect the amount of future cash tax payments to be made by the  
Group, this will reduce the size of both the Group’s Balance Sheet deferred tax liability and deferred tax asset. The impact in the 52 weeks to 29 March 2014 is an  
exceptional credit to the Income Statement of £3.4 million, and a charge to the Statement of Comprehensive Income of £0.6 million. The impact of previous   
rate changes in the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013 was an exceptional credit to the Income Statement of £1.2 million, and a charge to the Statement of  
Comprehensive Income of £0.3 million.

b) Reconciliation of the Total Tax Charge
The tax expense in the Income Statement for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in UK of 23% (2013: 24%). The differences are reconciled below:

Profit from continuing operations before taxation*

Accounting profit multiplied by the UK standard rate of corporation tax of 23% (2013: 24%)*

Items not deductible for tax purposes

Current and deferred tax overprovided in previous years

Change in corporation tax rate

Other*

Total tax charged in the Income Statement*

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. 

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

33.5

7.7

0.1

(0.2)

(3.4) 

0.2 

4.4

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

 33.7 

 8.1 

 0.1 

(0.2) 

(1.2) 

(1.2) 

 5.6 

82  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
 
8. Earnings Per Share

Profit attributable to equity shareholders*

Exceptional items net of tax*

Adjusted earnings attributable to equity shareholders*

Weighted average share capital

Dilutive outstanding options and share awards

Diluted weighted average share capital

40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share*

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

4p ‘B’ ordinary share*

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

52 weeks 
ended
29 March
2014
£m

29.1

(2.9)

 26.2 

Restated*

52 weeks
ended
 30 March
2013
£m

 28.1 

(4.6) 

 23.5 

Number

 Number

55,815,000   55,717,000 

812,000

 534,000 

56,627,000  56,251,000 

Pence

52.14

51.39

46.94

46.27

Pence

5.21

5.14

4.69 

4.63 

 Pence

 50.43 

 49.95 

 42.18 

 41.78 

 Pence

 5.04 

 5.00 

 4.22 

4.18 

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19. The profit attributable to shareholders has been restated from £29.3 million to £28.1 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. The exceptional  
items net of tax have been restated from £5.3 million to £4.6 million for 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. The adjusted earnings attributable to equity shareholders has been restated from £24.0 million to  
£23.5 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. This has changed the earnings per shares figures for all categories, previously stated figures have been set out in the table below.

40p ‘A’ and ‘C’ ordinary share*

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

4p ‘B’ ordinary share*

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted adjusted earnings per share

Before
restatement
Pence

52.59 

52.09 

43.07 

42.67 

Pence

5.26 

5.21 

4.31 

4.27 

For the purposes of calculating the number of shares to be used above, ‘B’ shares have been treated as one tenth of an ‘A’ or ‘C’ share. The earnings per share  
calculation is based on earnings from continuing operations and on the weighted average ordinary share capital which excludes shares held by trusts relating to  
employee share options and shares held in treasury of 1,170,610 (2013: 1,267,808).

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated using the same earnings figure as for basic earnings per share, divided by the weighted average number of  
ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive  
potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

Adjusted earnings per share are calculated on profit before tax excluding exceptional items and on the same weighted average ordinary share capital as for the  
basic and diluted earnings per share. An adjusted earnings per share measure has been included as the Directors consider that this measure better reflects the  
underlying earnings of the Group.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  83

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
9. Dividends

Declared and paid during the year

Equity dividends on ordinary shares:

Final dividend for 2013: 8.35p (2012: 7.60p)

Interim dividend for 2014: 5.80p (2013: 5.35p)

Equity dividends paid 

Dividends on cumulative preference shares (note 6)

Proposed for approval at the AGM:

Final dividend for 2014 9.30p (2013: 8.35p)

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

4.7 

3.2 

7.9 

 4.2 

 3.0 

 7.2 

0.1 

 0.1 

5.2 

4.7 

The pence figures above are for the 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares and 40p ‘C’ ordinary shares. The 4p ‘B’ shares carry dividend rights of one tenth of those applicable to  
the 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares. Own shares held in the employee share trusts do not qualify for dividends as the Trustees have waived their rights. Dividends are also  
not paid on own shares held as treasury shares.

Group and
 Company
Lease
assignment
premiums
£m

Group and
 Company
Distribution
 rights
£m

Group
Total
£m

Company
Total
£m

 7.0 

 7.0 

 1.1 

 8.1 

 0.3 

 0.5 

 0.8 

 0.6 

 1.4 

 6.7 

 6.2 

 6.7 

 – 

 – 

 1.2 

 1.2 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

 1.2 

 – 

 – 

 31.5 

 31.5 

 4.9 

 36.4 

 0.9 

 0.5 

 1.4 

 0.6 

 2.0 

 34.4 

 30.1 

 30.6 

 7.0 

 7.0 

 2.3 

 9.3 

 0.3 

 0.5 

 0.8 

 0.6 

 1.4 

 7.9 

 6.2 

 6.7 

Group
Goodwill
£m

 24.5 

24.5 

2.6 

27.1 

0.6

 – 

0.6

– 

0.6 

26.5 

23.9 

23.9 

10. Intangible Assets

Cost

At 31 March 2012

At 30 March 2013

Acquisitions (note 16)

At 29 March 2014

Amortisation and impairment

At 31 March 2012

Provided during the year

At 30 March 2013

Provided during the year

At 29 March 2014

Net book value at 29 March 2014

Net book value at 30 March 2013

Net book value at 31 March 2012

84  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued10. Intangible Assets continued

Lease assignment premiums
Amounts paid to acquire leasehold property (“lease assignment premiums”) are amortised on a straight-line basis over the remaining useful life of the lease.   
The amortisation is charged in the Income Statement in the line item “Operating costs” (note 4).

There are four pubs on which we carry lease assignment premiums at 29 March 2014 (2013: three).

Distribution rights
Amounts paid to acquire the exclusive import and distributions rights to Sierra Nevada products within the UK. Details of the amounts paid are included in note 16.  
The amortisation is charged in the Income Statement in the line item “Operating costs” (note 4).

Goodwill

Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units as follows:

Gales estate

Jacomb Guinness estate

Cornish Orchards

2014
£m

22.7 

1.2 

2.6 

2013
£m

 22.7 

 1.2 

 – 

26.5 

 23.9 

Of the £22.7 million of goodwill relating to the Gales estate, £9.1 million relates to Managed Pubs and Hotels division and £13.6 million relates to the Tenanted Inns  
division. All of the Jacomb Guinness goodwill relates to the Managed Pubs and Hotel division. All of the Cornish Orchards goodwill relates to The Fuller’s Beer Company.

Key assumptions used in value in use calculations:

Long term growth rate – Managed

Long term growth rate – Tenanted

Long term growth rate – Cornish Orchards

Pre-tax discount rate – Freehold

Pre-tax discount rate – Leasehold

Pre-tax discount rate – Cornish Orchards

2.0%

1.5%

2.0%

7.0%

9.6%

10.3%

2.5%

1.5%

n/a

7.2%

9.7%

n/a

Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated for impairment testing on an estate and divisional cash-generating unit level. This represents  
the lowest level within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. Recoverable amount is based on a calculation of value in use  
based upon the budget for the forthcoming financial year approved by senior management. For the Gales and Jacomb Guinness estate cash flows beyond the  
budget period are extrapolated in perpetuity on the assumption that the growth rate does not exceed the average long term growth rate for the relevant markets.  
For Cornish Orchards the cash flows beyond the budget period are based on a 5 year plan that was approved by senior management and reflect the long term  
growth of the business following the significant investment and expansion strategy currently in place for the business. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash  
flow projections is based on the Directors’ assessment of the Group’s weighted average cost of capital and current market conditions.

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the assumptions in respect of achievement of budgeted cash flows, growth rate and discount rate. The calculation 
of value in use is also dependent upon the following assumptions: sales volume; gross margin in managed premises; barrelage and rent projections in tenanted  
premises; wage cost in managed premises; and capital expansion in Cornish Orchards. Gross margins are based on historical performance levels. All of these  
assumptions have their assigned values based on management knowledge and historical information.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
Management have considered reasonable changes in key assumptions used in their calculations of value in use. They have concluded that such changes will not  
result in an impairment to the Jacomb Guinness, Gales or Cornish Orchards cash-generating units at 29 March 2014.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  85

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Land &
buildings
£m

Plant,
machinery
& vehicles
£m

Containers,
fixtures &
fittings
£m

Total
£m

 374.9 

 32.7 

 104.2 

 511.8 

 4.9 

 10.8 

(0.2) 

 0.4 

 1.0 

 11.7 

 – 

(0.2) 

 – 

 0.6 

(3.1) 

 – 

 17.6 

 11.4 

(3.5) 

 0.4 

 390.8 

 33.5 

 113.4 

 537.7 

 15.5 

5.9

(1.7) 

(1.4) 

 1.5 

 1.1 

(0.3) 

 – 

 12.9 

 29.9 

 – 

(5.6) 

(0.2) 

 7.0 

(7.6) 

(1.6) 

 409.1 

35.8

 120.5 

 565.4 

 21.5 

 19.1 

 70.7 

 111.3 

 2.2 

 1.0 

 – 

 2.0 

 – 

(0.2) 

 9.5 

 13.7 

 – 

(2.9) 

 1.0 

(3.1) 

 24.7 

 20.9 

 77.3 

 122.9 

 2.5 

 0.5 

(0.3) 

(1.0) 

 2.0 

 9.6 

 14.1 

 – 

 – 

(0.3) 

 – 

(0.1) 

(5.2) 

 0.5 

(0.4) 

(6.5) 

 26.4 

 22.6 

 81.6 

130.6

 382.7 

 366.1 

 353.4 

 13.2 

 12.6 

 13.6 

 38.9 

 434.8 

 36.1 

 414.8 

 33.5 

 400.5 

11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Group

Cost

At 31 March 2012

Additions

Acquisitions (note 16)

Disposals

Transfer to/from investment properties

At 30 March 2013

Additions

Acquisitions (note 16)

Disposals

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 29 March 2014

Depreciation and impairment

At 31 March 2012

Provided during the year

Impairment loss net of reversals

Disposals

At 30 March 2013

Provided during the year

Impairment loss net of reversals

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 29 March 2014

Net book value at 29 March 2014

Net book value at 30 March 2013

Net book value at 31 March 2012

86  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Company

Cost

At 31 March 2012

Additions

Acquisitions (note 16)

Disposals

Transfer to/from investment properties

At 30 March 2013

Additions

Acquisitions (note 16)

Disposals

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 29 March 2014

Depreciation and impairment

At 31 March 2012

Provided during the year

Impairment loss net of reversals

Disposals

At 30 March 2013

Provided during the year

Impairment loss net of reversals

Transfer to assets held for sale

Disposals

At 29 March 2014

Net book value at 29 March 2014

Net book value at 30 March 2013

Net book value at 31 March 2012

Group and Company

Land &
buildings
£m

Plant,
machinery
& vehicles
£m

Containers,
fixtures &
fittings
£m

Total
£m

 374.8 

 32.6 

 102.7 

 510.1 

 4.9 

 10.8 

(0.2) 

 0.4 

 1.0 

 11.7 

 – 

(0.2) 

 – 

 0.6 

(3.1) 

 – 

 17.6 

 11.4 

(3.5) 

 0.4 

 390.7 

 33.4 

 111.9 

 536.0 

 15.5 

 1.1 

 12.9 

 29.5 

 5.5 

(1.7) 

(1.4) 

 – 

(0.3) 

 – 

 – 

(5.6) 

(0.2) 

 5.5 

(7.6) 

(1.6) 

 408.6 

 34.2 

 119.0 

 561.8 

 21.4 

 19.1 

 69.1 

 109.6 

 2.2 

 1.0 

 – 

 2.0 

 – 

(0.2) 

 9.5 

 13.7 

 – 

(2.9) 

 1.0 

(3.1) 

 24.6 

 20.9 

 75.7 

 121.2 

 2.4 

 0.5 

(0.3) 

(1.0) 

 1.9 

 9.6 

 13.9 

 – 

 – 

(0.3) 

 – 

(0.1) 

(5.2) 

 0.5 

(0.4) 

(6.5) 

 26.2 

 22.5 

 80.0 

 128.7 

 382.4 

 366.1 

 353.4 

 11.7 

 12.5 

 13.5 

 39.0 

433.1

 36.2 

 414.8 

 33.6 

 400.5

Interest capitalised
The amount of interest capitalised to date is £164,000 (2013: £100,000). The amount of interest capitalised in the year was £64,000 (2013: nil) at a rate of 2%.

Assets under construction
Included in the cost of property, plant and equipment at 29 March 2014 are amounts of £1.7 million (2013: £0.4 million) relating to three (2013: three) property  
developments in the course of construction.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  87

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
11. Property, Plant and Equipment continued

Impairment
The Group considers each trading outlet to be a cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and each CGU is reviewed annually for indicators of impairment. In assessing  
whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of its fair  
value less costs to sell and its value in use. In the absence of any information about the fair value of a CGU, the recoverable amount is deemed to be its value in use.

During the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014, the Group recognised an impairment loss of £1.8 million (2013: £1.8 million) in respect of the write down of licensed  
properties purchased in recent years where their asset values exceeded either fair value less costs to sell or their value in use. The impairment losses were driven  
principally by changes in the local competitive environment in which the pubs are situated. Following an improvement in trading performance and an increase in  
the amounts of estimated future cash flows of certain previously impaired sites, reversals of £1.3 million were recognised during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014  
(2013: £0.8 million). 

The key assumptions used in the value in use calculations are those detailed in note 10.

Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
The value in use calculations are sensitive to the assumptions used. The Directors consider a movement of 1% in the discount rate and 0.5% in the growth rate to be  
reasonable with reference to current market yield curves and the current economic conditions. The impact is set out as follows:

Impact on impairment of asset at risk – increase/(decrease)

Increase discount rate by 1%

Decrease discount rate by 1%

Increase growth rate by 0.5%

Decrease growth rate by 0.5%

12. Investment Properties

Cost

At 31 March 2012

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to/from property, plant and equipment

Transfer to assets held for sale

At 30 March 2013

Acquisitions (note 16)

At 29 March 2014

Depreciation and impairment

At 31 March 2012

Disposals

At 30 March 2013

At 29 March 2014

Net book value at 29 March 2014

Net book value at 30 March 2013

Net book value at 31 March 2012

Fair value at 29 March 2014

Fair value at 30 March 2013

Fair value at 31 March 2012

88  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

2014
£m

 1.5 

(0.6) 

(0.6) 

0.4 

2013
£m

 1.6 

(0.8) 

(0.4) 

 0.5 

Group and
 Company
Freehold
and leasehold
properties
£m

 6.0 

1.0 

(1.0) 

(0.4) 

(0.6) 

5.0 

0.5 

5.5 

1.1 

(0.3) 

0.8 

0.8 

4.7 

4.2 

4.9 

10.7

8.2 

8.4

Notes to the Financial Statements continued12. Investment Properties continued
The fair value of investment properties has been estimated by the Directors, based on the rental income earned on the properties during the year and average  
yields earned on comparable properties from publicly available information. An independent valuation of the properties has not been performed.

Impairment
The Group considers each trading outlet to be a cash-generating unit (“CGU”) and each CGU is reviewed annually for indicators of impairment. In assessing  
whether an asset has been impaired, the carrying amount of the CGU is compared to its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of its fair  
value less costs to sell and its value in use. 

During the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014, the Group did not impair any investment properties (2013: £nil).

Investment Property Income
The properties are let on both landlord and tenant repairing leases. Amounts recognised in the profit for the financial year relating to rental income from  
investment properties are as follows:

Group and Company

Rental income 

Direct operating expenses

All direct operating expenses relate to properties that generate rental income.

13. Derivative Financial Instruments

Group and Company

Interest rate swaps

Total financial assets within non-current assets 

Interest rate swaps

Total financial liabilities within non-current liabilities

Details of the interest rate swaps and cap are provided in note 25c(i).

14. Other Non-Current Assets

Group and Company

Loans to customers due after one year

Non-current portion of leasehold property prepayments

2014
£m

0.5

(0.3)

2013
£m

0.4

(0.1)

2014
£m

0.8 

0.8 

(0.8) 

(0.8) 

2014
£m

0.4 

– 

0.4 

2013
£m

 – 

 – 

(2.4) 

(2.4) 

2013
£m

 0.3 

 0.1 

 0.4 

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  89

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
15. Investments in Subsidiaries

Company

At 31 March 2012 and 30 March 2013

Additions

At 29 March 2014

Principal subsidiary undertakings

Holding

Griffin Catering Services Limited

£1 Ordinary shares

Proportion held

100% (indirect)

Cornish Orchards Limited

George Gale & Co. Limited

Jacomb Guinness Limited

45 Woodfield Limited

£1 Ordinary shares

£1 Ordinary shares

25p ‘A’ Ordinary shares

£10 Preference shares

£1 Ordinary shares

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

£1 Ordinary shares

100% (indirect)

Grand Canal Trading Limited

£1 Ordinary shares

100% (indirect)

The above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales.

Cost
£m

92.0 

3.0 

95.0 

 Provision
£m

Net Book
Value
£m

(0.2) 

 91.8 

 – 

 3.0 

(0.2) 

 94.8

Nature of Business

Managed houses service company

Production of cider and soft drinks

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

Non-trading subsidiary

16. Business Combinations
During the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 the Company has individually acquired 3 new pubs for a combined consideration of £7.1 million, all of which have been  
treated as business combinations as they were operating as a business at the point the Company acquired them.  

On 3 June 2013 the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Cornish Orchards Limited, a manufacturer of alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages, for  
consideration of £3.0 million. On 5 February 2014 the Company acquired the business of importing and distributing Sierra Nevada products into the UK for  
consideration of £1.2 million. 

The acquisitions were made as part of the Group’s continuing strategy to expand the managed and tenanted portfolio via selective quality acquisitions and to  
strengthen and diversify the Group’s premium drinks portfolio.

Number of pubs purchased

Provisional fair value

Property, plant and equipment

Investment properties

Intangible assets

Stock

Trade receivables

Net debt

Deferred revenue, trade and other payables

Goodwill

Consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash

Contingent consideration

Total

£m

 1.5 

–

 – 

 0.4 

 0.3 

(0.5) 

(1.3) 

 2.6 

 3.0 

 2.1 

 0.9 

 3.0 

2014

Sierra
Nevada
 distribution
 rights

Cornish
 Orchards

2013

Pubs

4

£m

 11.4 

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Pubs

3

£m

5.5

0.5

£m

 – 

 – 

 1.2 

 1.1 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1.2 

7.1

11.4

 0.4 

 0.8 

 1.2 

7.1

 – 

7.1

 11.4 

 – 

11.4

Goodwill recognised on acquisition of Cornish Orchards Limited reflects the future growth of the company.

Contingent consideration is payable to the former owners of Cornish Orchards Limited in June 2016 dependent upon the business achieving production targets.  
The contingent consideration ranges from nil to £1.2 million. 

90  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued16. Business Combinations continued
Contingent consideration is payable to the company that formerly held the import and distribution rights to Sierra Nevada products, annually until February 2017  
based on the business achieving annual profit targets. Total contingent consideration ranges from nil to £1.5 million.

Costs associated with the acquisitions of £1.1 million have been charged to operating exceptional items in the consolidated Income Statement for the 52 weeks  
ended 29 March 2014 (2013: £0.5 million). These comprised primarily stamp duty, legal and other property fees (see note 5).

The acquisitions have contributed the following operating profit to the Group in the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 from the date of acquisition:

Operating profit

2014

Sierra
Nevada
 distribution
 rights

–

Cornish
 Orchards

0.1

2013

Pubs

0.3

Pubs

0.1

It is not practical to identify the related cash flows, revenue and profit on an annualised basis as the months for which the businesses have been owned are not  
representative of the annualised figures. The pre-acquisition trading results are not indicative of the trading expected going forwards following the significant  
redevelopment of the pubs and capital investment in Cornish Orchards by the Group, therefore pro-forma trading results have not been included.

17. Inventories

Group and Company

Raw materials, beer and cider in progress

Beer, cider, wines and spirits

Stock at retail outlets

The difference between purchase price or production cost and their replacement cost is not material.

18. Trade and Other Receivables

Group and Company

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

2014
£m

1.5 

6.4 

2.7 

2013
£m

 1.3 

 6.3 

 2.5 

10.6 

 10.1 

2014
£m

12.6 

1.3 

4.4 

2013
£m

 13.7 

 1.1 

 3.5 

18.3 

 18.3 

The trade receivables balance above is shown net of the provision for bad debts. As a general rule the Group provides fully against all trade receivables which are  
over six months overdue. In addition to this there are individual specific provisions against balances which are considered by management to be at risk of default.  

The movements on this bad debt provision during the year are summarised below:

Group and Company

Trade receivables provision at 30 March 2013

Increase in provision recognised in profit and loss

Amounts written off during the year

Trade receivables provision at 29 March 2014

2014
£m

1.4 

0.1 

–

1.5 

2013
£m

 1.3 

 0.2 

(0.1) 

 1.4 

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  91

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
18. Trade and Other Receivables continued
The provision for trade receivables is recorded in the accounts separately from the gross receivable. The contractual ageing of the trade receivables balance   
is as follows:

Group and Company

Current

Overdue up to 30 days

Overdue between 30 and 60 days

Overdue more than 60 days

Trade receivables before provision

Less provision

Trade receivables net of provision 

2014
£m

13.2 

0.2 

0.1 

0.6 

14.1 

(1.5) 

12.6 

2013
£m

14.5

0.1

–

0.5

 15.1 

(1.4) 

 13.7 

Included in the Group’s trade receivables balance are trade receivables with a carrying value of £0.3 million (2013: £0.2 million) which are overdue at the Balance  
Sheet date for which the Group has not provided as the Group considers these amounts to be recoverable.

In addition, there are loans to customers included in other receivables of £0.3 million (2013: £0.3 million) due within one year and £0.6 million (2013: £0.5 million)  
due in more than one year, against which there is a provision of £0.3 million (2013: £0.3 million).

19. Assets Classified as Held For Sale

Investment property

Property, plant and equipment

The movements in assets classified as held for sale during the year are summarised below:

Assets held for sale at the start of the year

Assets disposed during the year

Transfer from Investment property

Transfer from property, plant and equipment

Assets held for sale at the end of the year

Group
2014
£m

 – 

 1.2 

 1.2 

Group
2014
£m

 0.6 

(0.6) 

–

1.2

 1.2 

Group
2013
£m

 0.6 

 – 

 0.6 

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

 – 

 1.2 

 1.2 

 0.6 

 – 

 0.6 

Group
2013
£m

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

 5.3 

(5.3) 

 0.6 

–

 0.6 

 0.6 

(0.6) 

–

1.2

 1.2 

 – 

 – 

 0.6 

–

 0.6 

At 29 March 2014 one property was transferred to assets held for sale, as it was in the advanced stages of the sales process and has since completed.   
The property shown above resulted in a profit on sale.

92  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued20. Trade and Other Payables

Due within one year:

Trade payables

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals

Group
2014
£m

18.0

 – 

 8.4 

 8.2 

 11.5 

46.1

Group
2013
£m

 15.7 

 – 

 8.3 

 6.7 

 10.2 

 40.9 

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

18.0

 94.5 

 8.4 

 8.2 

 15.7 

 92.3 

 8.3 

 6.7 

 11.3 

 10.2 

 140.4 

 133.2 

Company amounts due to subsidiary undertakings of £94.5 million (2013: £92.3 million) have no fixed repayment date. Interest is payable on the balance at 3%  
above the Bank of England base rate. All other significant trade and other receivables and trade and other payables balances are due within one year and are at nil  
rate of interest.

Due in more than one year:

Deferred revenue

Group
2014
£m

 0.4 

Group
2013
£m

–

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

–

–

Deferred revenue relates to government grants received for the purchase and construction of plant, property and equipment by Cornish Orchards Limited.   
There are no unfulfilled conditions and contingencies attached to these amounts.

21. Cash, Borrowings and Net Debt

Cash and Short Term Deposits

Group and Company

Cash at bank and in hand

2014
£m

 4.1 

2013
£m

 4.3 

For the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and in hand, as above. Cash at bank earns interest at  
floating rates.

Borrowings

Group and Company

Bank loans

Other loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Total borrowings

Analysed as:

Group
2014
£m

Group
2013
£m

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

 116.2 

 112.5 

 116.2 

 112.5 

0.2

 25.9 

 1.6 

–

 25.8 

 1.6 

–

 25.9 

 1.6 

–

 25.8 

 1.6 

 143.9 

 139.9 

 143.7 

 139.9 

Borrowings within non-current liabilities

 143.9 

 139.9 

 143.7 

 139.9 

All borrowings at both year ends are denominated in Sterling and where appropriate are stated net of issue costs. Further information on borrowings is given   
in note 25.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  93

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
21. Cash, Borrowings and Net Debt continued

Bank Loans

Group and Company
During the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 the Company reorganised its loan facilities to replace one lender with two new banks both taking 50% of the existing  
position. These actions resulted in no change to the amount committed or the terms of the loan facilities.

At 29 March 2014, £33.5 million (2013: £37.0 million) of the total £150 million committed bank loan facilities was available and undrawn.

The bank loans at 29 March 2014 are unsecured, and are repayable as shown in the table below. Interest is payable at LIBOR plus a margin, which varies dependant  
on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. The variable rate interest payments under the loans have been partially swapped for fixed interest payments and a proportion  
of the remaining variable interest payments have also been capped. Details of the swap and cap arrangements are given in note 25.

The bank loans are repayable as follows:

In the first to second years inclusive

In the third to fifth year inclusive

Less: bank loan arrangement fees

Non-current liabilities

Debenture Stock

Group and Company

Debenture stock repayable after five years:

10.70% 1st Mortgage Debenture Stock 2023

6.875% Debenture Stock 2028 (1st floating charge)

Less: discount on issue

Less: 2028 debenture issue costs

Non-current liabilities

2014
£m

 116.5 

2013
£m

 – 

 – 

 113.0 

(0.3) 

(0.5) 

 116.2 

 112.5 

2014
£m

 6.0 

2013
£m

 6.0

 20.0 

 20.0

(0.1) 

 – 

(0.1)

(0.1)

 25.9 

 25.8 

Preference Shares
The Company’s preference shares are classified as debt. The shares are not redeemable and are included in borrowings within non-current liabilities. See note 23  
for further details of the preference shares. 

Analysis of Net Debt

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and short term deposits

Debt

Bank loans 

Other loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Net debt

At 30 March
2013
£m

Cash flows
£m

Non-cash1
£m

At 29 March
2014
£m

4.3 

4.3 

(112.5)

–

(25.8)

(1.6)

(139.9)

(135.6)

(0.2)

(0.2)

(3.4)

0.3

–

–

(3.1)

(3.3)

–

–

4.1 

4.1 

(0.3)

(0.5)

(0.1)

–

(0.9)

(0.9)

(116.2)

(0.2)

(25.9)

(1.6)

(143.9)

(139.8)

1 Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of arrangement fees, arrangement fees accrued and the acquisition of Cornish Orchards Limited during the year.

The Company net debt is as above excluding ‘Other loans’ which are held by a subsidiary company. Company net debt as at 29 March 2014 was £139.6 million.

94  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued21. Cash, Borrowings and Net Debt continued

Group

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and short term deposits

Debt

Bank loans

Debenture stock

Preference shares

Net debt

At 31 March
2012
£m

Cash flows
£m

Non-cash1
£m

At 30 March
2013
£m

3.9 

3.9 

0.4 

0.4 

–

–

4.3 

4.3 

(114.7)

2.7 

(0.5)

(112.5)

(25.8)

(1.6)

(142.1)

(138.2)

–

–

2.7 

3.1 

–

–

(0.5)

(0.5)

(25.8)

(1.6)

(139.9)

(135.6)

1 Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of arrangement fees and arrangement fees accrued.

22. Pensions

a) Retirement Benefit Plans – Group and Company
The Group operates one funded defined benefit pension scheme, the Fuller Smith & Turner Pension Plan (“The Scheme”). The Scheme is defined benefit in  
nature, with assets held in separate professionally managed, Trustee-administered funds. The Scheme is a HM Revenue & Customs registered pension plan and  
subject to standard United Kingdom pension and tax law. The Scheme is closed to new entrants and the Company has recently finished a period of consultation  
with Trustees and Members of the Scheme with the expectation that the Scheme will close to future accrual with effect from 1 January 2015. As there are still  
matters to be concluded on the Scheme closure between the Company and the Trustees we cannot yet quantify the financial impact of this action.

The Group also operates three defined contribution stakeholder pension plans for its employees. The Fuller’s Stakeholder Pension Plan was set up for new  
employees of the Parent Company after the closure of the Fuller, Smith & Turner Pension Plan to new entrants on 1 August 2005. The Griffin Stakeholder Pension  
Plan operates for those employees of a Group subsidiary. The Gales 2001 scheme was set up following the closure of the Gales defined benefit scheme in 2001.

The Group offers workplace pensions to all employees who are not members of the three defined contribution stakeholder pension plans. The Group offers these  
pensions through the National Employment Savings Trust (“NEST”).

The Group also pays benefits to a number of former employees which are unfunded. The Directors consider these benefits to be defined benefit in nature and the  
full defined benefit liability is recognised on the Balance Sheet.

Group and Company

Total amounts charged in respect of pensions in the period

Charged to Income Statement:

Defined benefit scheme – operating profit

Defined benefit scheme – net finance charge*

Defined contribution schemes – total operating charge

Charge/(credit) to equity:

Defined benefit schemes – net actuarial losses/(gains)*

Total pension charge/(credit)

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

Restated*

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

1.5

0.6

0.3 

2.4

 4.1 

6.5

 1.6 

 0.9 

 0.3 

 2.8 

(6.5) 

(3.7) 

* Restatement for changes to IAS 19. As per note 1 the finance income/charge on net pension liabilities is now treated as exceptional and has been restated from income of £0.6 million to a charge   
of £0.9 million for the 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013. In addition the net actuarial gain at 30 March 2013 has been restated from £5.0 million to £6.5 million.

b) Defined Contribution Stakeholder Pension Plans – Group and Company
The total cost charged to income in respect of the defined contribution stakeholder schemes is shown above.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  95

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
22. Pensions continued

c) Defined Benefit Plan – Group and Company
The Scheme provides pensions and lump sums to members on retirement and to their dependants upon death.

Trustees are appointed by both the Company and the Scheme’s membership and act in the interest of the Scheme and all relevant stakeholders, including the  
members and the Company. The Trustees are also responsible for the investment of the Scheme’s assets.  

Currently active members of the Scheme pay contributions at an average rate of 7% of pensionable salary and the Company pays the balance of the costs as  
determined by regular actuarial valuations. The Trustees are required to use prudent assumptions to value the liabilities and costs of the Scheme whereas the  
accounting assumptions must be best estimates.

Responsibility for making good any deficit on the Scheme lies with the Company and this introduces a number of risks for the Company. The major risks are:  

• Interest and investment risk – The value of the Scheme’s assets are subject to volatility in equity prices. The Scheme has diversified its investments to reduce the  

impact of volatility and variable interest return rates.

• Inflation risk – The defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation so higher rates would result in a higher defined benefit obligation.  

• Longevity risk – An increase over the assumptions applied will increase the defined benefit obligation.

The Company and Trustees are aware of these risks and manage them through appropriate investment and funding strategies. The Trustees manage governance  
and operational risks through a number of internal controls policies. 

The Scheme is subject to regular actuarial valuations, which are usually carried out every three years. The next actuarial valuation is due to be carried out on 30 July  
2016. These actuarial valuations are carried out in accordance with the requirements of the Pensions Act 2004 and so include deliberate margins for prudence.  

A formal actuarial valuation was carried out as at 30 July 2013. The preliminary results of that valuation have been projected to 29 March 2014 by a qualified  
independent actuary. The figures in the following disclosures were measured using the Projected Unit Method.

The Scheme has not invested in any of the Group’s own financial instruments nor in properties or other assets in use by the Group.

Key assumptions
The key assumptions used in the 2014 valuation of the Scheme are set out below:

Mortality assumptions

Current pensioners (at 65) – males

Current pensioners (at 65) – females

Future pensioners (at 65) – males

Future pensioners (at 65) – females

2014
Years

22.1

24.3

23.5

25.8

2013
Years

21.0

23.5

22.0

24.4

The assumptions for future pensioners are based on the average current age of the active population, which is 54 years for male members of the Scheme   
(2013: 54) and 48 years for female members (2013: 48).

Key financial assumptions used in the valuation of the Scheme

Rate of increase in salaries

Rate of increase in pensions in payment

Discount rate

Inflation assumption – RPI

Inflation assumption – CPI

The present value of the Scheme liabilities is sensitive to the assumptions used, as follows:

Impact on Scheme liabilities – increase/(decrease)

Increase rate of salaries by 0.5%

Increase rate of pensions in payment by 0.5%

Increase discount rate by 1.0%

Increase inflation assumption by 0.5%

Increase life expectancies by 1 year

96  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

At
29 March
2014

At
 30 March
 2013

3.10%

3.30%

4.45%

3.30%

2.60%

3.80%

3.30%

4.60%

3.30%

2.60%

2014
£m

1.6 

5.2 

2013
£m

 2.0 

 4.2 

(16.5) 

(15.2) 

1.5 

3.9 

 1.3 

 3.7 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued22. Pensions continued

Assets in the Scheme

Corporate Bonds

UK equities

Overseas equities

Absolute return fund

Property

Cash

Annuities

Total market value of assets

The amount included in the Balance Sheet arising from the Group’s obligations in respect of its defined benefit retirement plan

Fair value of Scheme assets

Present value of Scheme liabilities

Deficit in the Scheme

 29 March
 2014
£m

30 March
2013
£m

17.8 

34.3 

11.1 

27.9 

0.7 

0.6 

1.2 

18.1

30.3

10.4

27.7

0.6

0.6

1.2

93.6

88.9

29 March
2014
£m

30 March
2013
£m

93.6

88.9

(110.8)

(101.9)

(17.2)

(13.0)

Included within the total present value of Group and Company Scheme liabilities of £110.8 million (2013: £101.9 million) are liabilities of £2.9 million   
(2013: £3.1 million) which are entirely unfunded.

Balance at beginning of the year

Included in profit and loss

Current service cost

Net interest cost*

Included in Other Comprehensive Income

Actuarial gains/(losses)* relating to:

Actual return less expected return on Scheme assets

Experience gains arising on Scheme liabilities

Losses arising on changes in demographic assumptions

Other

Employer contributions

Employer special contributions

Employee contributions

Benefits paid

Defined benefit obligation

Fair value of Scheme assets

Net defined benefit (deficit)

2014
£m

(101.9)

2013
£m

(98.2)

2014
£m

88.9

2013
£m

79.1

2014
£m

(13.0)

2013
£m

(19.1)

(1.5)

(4.7)

(6.2)

–

0.5

(6.5)

(6.0)

–

–

(0.4)

3.7

3.3

(1.6)

(4.5)

(6.1)

–

0.6

(1.0)

(0.4)

–

–

(0.4)

3.2

2.8

–

4.1

4.1

1.9

–

–

1.9

1.3

0.7

0.4

(3.7)

(1.3)

–

3.6

3.6

6.9

–

–

6.9

1.4

0.7

0.4

(3.2)

(0.7)

(1.5)

(0.6)

(2.1)

1.9

0.5

(6.5)

(4.1)

1.3

0.7

–

–

2.0

(1.6)

(0.9)

(2.5)

6.9

0.6

(1.0)

6.5

1.4

0.7

–

–

2.1

Balance at end of the year

(110.8)

(101.9)

93.6

88.9

(17.2)

(13.0)

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

The weighted average duration of the Scheme’s liabilities at the end of the period is 20 years (2013: 20 years).

The total contributions to the Scheme in the next financial year are expected to be £1.9 million for the Group and the Company assuming the Scheme closes to  
future accrual from 1 January 2015. Of this £0.7m represents annual payments to be made as part of a deficit recovery plan in place until March 2021 as agreed  
between the Trustees and the Group.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  97

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
23. Preference Share Capital

Group and Company

Authorised, issued and fully paid share capital

Number authorised and in issue:

At 31 March 2012, 30 March 2013 and 29 March 2014

Monetary amount:

At 31 March 2012, 30 March 2013 and 29 March 2014

First 6%
cumulative
preference
 share
of £1 each

Second 8%
cumulative
preference
 share
of £1 each

Total

Number 
000’s

 Number 
000’s

 Number 
000’s

400 

 1,200 

 1,600 

£m

0.4 

 £m

 1.2 

 £m

 1.6

The first 6% cumulative preference shares of £1 each are entitled to first payment of a fixed cumulative dividend and on winding up to a return of paid capital plus  
arrears of dividends. The second 8% cumulative preference shares of £1 each are entitled to second payment of a fixed cumulative dividend and on winding up a  
return of capital paid up (plus a premium calculated by reference to an average quoted price on the Stock Exchange for the previous six months) plus arrears of  
dividends.

Preference shareholders may only vote in limited circumstances: principally on winding up, alteration of class rights or on unpaid preference dividends. Preference  
shares cannot be redeemed by the holders, other than on winding up.

24. Provisions

A) Onerous lease and contingent consideration

Group and Company

At 30 March 2013

Arising during the year

Released during the year

Utilised

Unwinding of discount

At 29 March 2014

Analysed as:

Due within one year

Due in more than one year

Onerous Lease 

Contingent Consideration 

Total

2014
£m

 2.8 

 – 

(0.9) 

(0.4) 

 0.2 

 1.7 

£m

 0.9 

 0.8 

 1.7 

2013
£m

 3.0 

 0.4 

(0.4) 

(0.5) 

0.3

 2.8 

£m

 1.0 

 1.8 

 2.8 

2014
£m

 – 

 1.7 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 1.7 

£m

 0.3 

 1.4 

 1.7 

2013
£m

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

£m

 – 

 – 

 – 

2014
£m

 2.8 

 1.7 

(0.9) 

(0.4) 

 0.2 

 3.4 

£m

 1.2 

 2.2 

 3.4 

2013
£m

 3.0 

 0.4 

(0.4) 

(0.5) 

0.3

 2.8 

£m

 1.0 

 1.8 

 2.8 

The onerous lease provision is recognised in respect of leasehold properties where the lease contracts are deemed to be onerous. Provision is made for the  
discounted value of the lower of the unavoidable lease costs and the losses expected to be incurred by the Group.

The contingent consideration is recognised in respect of the fair value of additional amounts which are only payable on completion of certain performance targets  
for business combinations as described in note 16.

98  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
24. Provisions continued

B) Deferred tax provision
The deferred tax included in the Balance Sheet is as follows:

Group

Deferred tax

Retirement benefit obligations

Tax losses carried forward

Employee share schemes

Financial assets/(liabilities)

Accelerated tax depreciation

Rolled over capital gains

Others

Asset
2014
£m

Liability
2014
£m

Asset
2013
£m

Liability
2013
£m

Net
2014
£m

3.4

0.6

0.8

(0.1) 

(13.2)

(9.2)

1.3

–

–

–

(0.2)

(13.2)

(9.2)

–

3.4

0.6

0.8 

0.1 

–

–

1.3

6.2

(22.6) 

(16.4) 

Net
2013
£m

3.0

0.6

0.9

0.4

(16.1)

(10.5)

 1.1 

–

–

–

(0.1)

(16.1)

(10.5)

 – 

(26.7) 

(20.6) 

Liability
2013
£m

Net
2013
£m

 – 

 0.5 

(26.7) 

(20.7)

 3.0 

 0.6 

 0.9 

 0.5 

–

–

1.1 

 6.1 

Asset
2013
£m

 0.5 

 6.0 

The deferred tax included in the Company Balance Sheet is the same as the Group with the following exceptions:

Company

Deferred tax

Tax losses carried forward

Total Deferred tax asset/(Liability)

25. Financial Instruments

Asset
2014
£m

0.5

 6.1 

Liability
2014
£m

Net
2014
£m

–

0.5

(22.6) 

(16.5)

Details of the Group’s Treasury function are included in the Financial Review’s discussion of financial risks and treasury policies on page 19.

The accounting treatment of the Group’s financial instruments is detailed in note 1.  

A) Capital management – Group and Company
As described in note 1, the Group considers its capital to comprise the following:

Capital

Ordinary share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Preference shares

Group
2014
£m

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

Group 
2013
£m

22.8

4.8

3.1

(1.8)

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

22.8

22.8

4.8

3.1

–

4.8

3.1

(1.8)

256.2

239.2

229.0

214.7

1.6

1.6

1.6

1.6

288.5

269.7

261.3

245.2

In managing its capital the primary objective is to ensure that the Group is able to continue to operate as a going concern and to maximise return to shareholders  
through a combination of capital growth, distributions and the payment of preference dividends to its preference shareholders. The Group seeks to maintain   
a ratio of debt and equity that balances risks and returns at an acceptable level and maintains sufficient funds to meet working capital targets, investment  
requirements and comply with lending covenants. The Group bought back £5.3 million of shares in the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 (2013: £4.0 million), of  
which £1.1 million related to purchases made by or on behalf of employee share ownership trusts (2013: £1.1 million). As a minimum, the board reviews the Group’s  
dividend policy twice yearly and reviews the treasury position every Board meeting.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014  99

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
25. Financial Instruments continued

B) Categories of financial assets and liabilities

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities as recognised at the Balance Sheet date may also be categorised as follows:

Non-current assets

Derivative financial assets hedge accounted

Loans and other receivables in scope of IAS 39

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Loans and other receivables:

Trade and other receivables in scope of IAS 39

Cash and short term deposits

Total current assets

Total financial assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

Total carried at amortised cost

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Group
2014
£m

Group 
2013
£m

Company
2014
£m

Company
2013
£m

 0.8 

 0.4 

 1.2 

 12.8 

 4.1 

 16.9 

 18.1 

30.7

 30.7 

 30.7 

–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 13.9 

 4.3 

 18.2 

 18.5 

 26.9 

 26.9 

 26.9 

 0.8 

 0.4 

 1.2 

 12.8 

 4.1 

 16.9 

 18.1 

–

 0.3 

 0.3 

 13.9 

 4.3 

 18.2 

 18.5 

125.0

125.0

125.0

 119.2 

 119.2 

 119.2 

Derivative financial liabilities hedge accounted

 0.8 

2.4

 0.8 

2.4

Carried at amortised cost:

Other payables in scope of IAS 39

Loans and debenture stock

Preference shares

Total carried at amortised cost

Total non-current liabilities

Total financial liabilities

 0.8 

 1.8 

 0.8 

 1.8 

142.3

 138.3 

 142.1 

 138.3 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 1.6 

 144.7 

 141.7 

 144.5 

 141.7 

 145.5

 176.2

 144.1 

 145.3 

 144.1 

 171.0 

 270.3 

 263.3 

There is no set off of financial assets and liabilities as shown above.

C) Financial risks – Group and Company
The main risks associated with the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are set out below, as are the Group’s policies for their management. Derivative  
instruments are used to change the economic characteristics of financial instruments in accordance with Group policy.

(i) Interest Rate Risk
The Group manages its cost of borrowings using a mixture of fixed rates, variable rates and interest rate caps. The current Group policy is that a minimum of 50%  
of total outstanding borrowings should be at a fixed or capped rate of interest. This is achieved by both taking out interest rate swaps and caps with third parties  
and by loan instruments that require us to pay a fixed rate. Fixed rates do not expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk, but do not enjoy a reduction in  
borrowing costs in markets where rates are falling. Interest rate caps limit the maximum rate payable but require payment of a lump sum premium. The fair value  
risk inherent in fixed rate borrowings means that the Group is exposed to unplanned costs if debt is paid off earlier than anticipated. Floating rate borrowings,  
although not exposed to changes in fair value, expose the Group to cash flow risk following rises in interest rates and cost.

The debentures totalling £25.9 million (2013: £25.8 million) are at fixed rates. The bank loans totalling £116.2 million (2013: £112.5 million), net of arrangement fees, are  
at floating rates. At the year end, after taking account of interest rate swaps and caps, 73% (2013: 76%) of the Group’s bank loans and 78% (2013: 80%) of gross  
borrowings were at fixed or capped rates.

Interest rate swaps
The Group has entered into interest rate swap agreements, where the Group pays a fixed rate and receives 1 month or 3 month LIBOR, in order to hedge the   
risk of variation in interest cash flows on its borrowings. At the Balance Sheet date £65.0 million of the Group and Company’s borrowings (2013: £65.0 million) were  
hedged by interest rate swaps at a blended fixed rate of 1.75% (2013: 1.75%). Of the swaps active at 29 March 2014 £40.0 million expire in 2015 and £25.0 million  
expire in 2017. Additionally, the Group has entered into interest rate swap arrangements with forward start dates. In December 2012 the Group entered into an  
interest rate swap agreement to hedge the risk of interest rate variation on £20.0 million of the Group’s borrowings at a rate of 2.25%, commencing in 2015 and  
expiring in 2022. In July 2013 the Group entered into an interest rate swap agreement to hedge the risk of interest rate variation on a further £20.0 million of the  
Group’s borrowings at a rate of 2.55%, commencing in 2015 and expiring in 2020.

100  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued25. Financial Instruments continued

Interest rate cap
The Group has entered into interest rate cap agreements in order to hedge the risk of variation in interest cash flows on its borrowings. At the Balance Sheet date  
£20.0 million (2013: £20.0 million) of the Group and Company’s borrowings were hedged by an interest rate cap at a fixed rate of 4.00% (2013: 4.00%). The cap  
expires in 2015.

The interest rate swaps and cap are expected to impact the Income Statement in line with the liquidity risk table shown in section (iv) below. The interest rate swap  
cash flow hedges were assessed as being highly effective at 29 March 2014 and a net unrealised gain of £2.4 million (2013: £0.9 million loss) has been recorded in  
Other Comprehensive Income. The interest rate cap cash flow hedge is not designated as a cash flow hedge for hedge accounting purposes and no net unrealised  
gain/loss (2013: nil) was recorded in the Income Statement.

Sensitivity 
The Group borrows in Sterling at market rates. 3 month Sterling LIBOR rate during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 ranged between 0.46% and 0.57%. The  
Directors consider 1% to be a reasonable possible increase in rates and 0.5% to be a reasonable possible decrease in rates, with reference to market yield curves and  
the current economic conditions. 

The annualised effect of these changes to interest rates on the floating rate debt at the Balance Sheet date, all other variables being constant, are as follows:

Impact on post-tax profit and net equity – increase/(decrease)

Decrease interest rate by 0.5%

Increase interest rate by 1.0%

*The Company has substantial interest bearing payables due to subsidiary companies (note 20).

Group
2014
£m

0.2 

(0.4) 

Group 
2013
£m

 0.2 

(0.4) 

Company*
2014
£m

0.6

(1.1)

Company*

2013
£m

 0.5 

(1.0) 

(ii) Foreign Currency Risk
The Group buys and sells goods and services denominated in non-sterling currencies principally US dollar, Euro and Australian dollar. As a result, movements in  
exchange rates can affect the value of the Group’s revenues and purchases.

The Group policy on covering foreign currency exposure is included in the Financial Review’s discussion of financial risks and treasury policies on page 19. As a  
minimum it buys or sells forward the net known value of all committed purchase or sales orders. In addition, the Group will usually buy or sell a proportion of the  
estimated sale or buy orders for the remaining part of the year to minimise its transactional currency exposures in non-sterling currencies. Forward currency  
contracts must be in the same currency as the hedged items. The Group does not trade in forward currency hedges.

At 29 March 2014 the Group and Company had open forward contracts to buy € 3.7 million (2013: buy €2.6 million). These have a Sterling equivalent of £3.1 million 
(2013: £2.1 million) and a net gain of nil (2013: nil) when comparing the contractual rates with the year end exchange rates.

At 29 March 2014 the only significant foreign currency assets or liabilities were the following:

Group and Company

Euro assets/(liabilities)

US dollar assets/(liabilities)

Cash deposits

Trade receivables

Trade payables

2014
£m

 0.2 

 0.4 

2013
£m

 0.1 

 0.2 

2014
£m

 – 

 0.5 

2013
£m

 – 

 0.4 

2014
£m

(0.4) 

(0.1) 

2013
£m

(0.2) 

(0.2) 

(iii) Credit Risk
The risk of financial loss due to a counter party’s failure to honour its obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where the Group provides goods and  
services on deferred payment terms, deposits surplus cash and enters into derivative contracts.  

Group policies are aimed at minimising losses and deferred terms are only granted to customers who demonstrate an appropriate payment history and satisfy  
credit worthiness procedures. Individual customers are subject to credit limits to control debt exposure. Credit insurance is taken out where appropriate for  
wholesale customers and goods may also be sold on a cash with order basis.  

Cash deposits with financial institutions for short periods and derivative transactions are only permitted with financial institutions approved by the Board. There are  
no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group. The maximum credit risk exposure relating to financial assets is represented by their carrying value as  
at the Balance Sheet date.

Trade and other receivables
The Group records impairment losses on its trade receivables separately from gross receivables. Further detail is included in note 18.

(iv) Liquidity Risk
The Group minimises liquidity risk by managing cash generation, applying debtor collection targets, monitoring daily cash receipts and payments and setting  
rolling cash forecasts. Investments have cash payback periods applied as part of a tightly controlled investment appraisal process. The Group’s rating with credit  
agencies is excellent.

The Group has a mixture of long and short term borrowings and overdraft facilities. 19% (2013: 20%) of the Group’s borrowings are repayable after more than five  
years, 81% (2013: nil) within the second to third years and nil (2013: 80%) within the third to fifth years.  

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

101

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
 
 
 
25. Financial Instruments continued
The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities at 29 March 2014 based on undiscounted contractual cash flows, including  
interest payable. Floating rate interest is estimated using the prevailing interest rate at the Balance Sheet date.

Group at 29 March 2014

Interest bearing loans and borrowings1

Preference shares2

Trade and other payables

On
demand
£m

Less than
3 months
£m

 – 

 – 

 1.3 

 – 

12.6

 18.0 

3 to 12
months
£m

 3.7 

 0.1 

 0.1 

1 to 5
years
£m

More
than 5
years
£m

Total
£m

 128.4 

 42.7 

 176.1 

 0.5 

 0.5 

 3.4 

 0.8 

 4.0 

32.0

1 Bank loans are included after taking account of the following cash flows in relation to the interest rate swap and cap held in respect of these borrowings:

Interest rate swaps and cap

 – 

 0.2 

 0.6 

 3.3 

 1.8 

 5.9 

Group at 30 March 2013

Interest bearing loans and borrowings1

Preference shares2

Trade and other payables

– 

– 

 1.3 

 – 

7.9 

 18.2 

 4.0 

 0.1 

 0.4 

 128.0 

 43.0 

 176.3 

 0.5 

 1.3 

 3.4 

 2.4 

 4.0 

 30.2 

1 Bank loans are included after taking account of the following cash flows in relation to the interest rate swap and cap held in respect of these borrowings:

Interest rate swaps and cap

 – 

 0.3 

 0.9 

 1.9 

 – 

 3.1 

The Company figures are as for the Group, except as follows:

Company at 29 March 2014

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings3

Company at 30 March 2013

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings3

On
demand
£m

94.5 

Less than
3 months
£m

3 to 12
months
£m

 – 

 – 

1 to 5
years
£m

 – 

More
than 5
years
£m

Total
£m

 – 

 94.5 

92.3 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 92.3 

2 The preference shares have no contractual repayment date. For the purposes of the table above interest payments have been shown for 20 years from the Balance Sheet date but no further.
3 Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings have no fixed repayment date. Interest is payable on the balance at 3% above the Bank of England base rate.

Security – Group and Company

The 10.7% debentures 2023 are secured on property, plant and equipment with a net book value of £12.5 million (2013: £12.6 million). The 6.875% debentures 2028  
are secured by a floating charge over the assets of the Company.

Covenants – Group and Company
The Group and Company are subject to a number of covenants in relation to their borrowing facilities which, if contravened, would result in its loans becoming  
immediately repayable. These covenants inter alia specify maximum net debt to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and minimum  
earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation to interest.

102  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued25. Financial Instruments continued

D) Fair Value

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is a comparison by category of carrying amounts and fair values of all the financial instruments that are carried in the financial statements.

Group

Financial assets

Cash

Trade and other receivables due within one year in scope of IAS 39

Loans and other receivables due in more than one year in scope of IAS 39

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate cap

Financial liabilities

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

Fixed rate borrowings

Floating rate borrowings

Preference shares

Interest rate swaps

The Company figures are as for the Group above, except as follows:

Company

Financial liabilities

Book value 
2014
£m

Book value 
2013
£m

Fair value 
2014
£m

Fair value 
2013
£m

Fair
value
level

 4.1

12.8

0.4 

0.8 

– 

 4.3 

 13.9 

 0.3 

 – 

 – 

 4.1

12.8

 0.4 

 0.8 

 – 

 4.3 

 13.9 

 0.3 

 – 

 – 

(31.5) 

(26.1) 

(28.7) 

(25.8) 

(31.5) 

(31.0) 

(28.7) 

(29.3) 

(116.2) 

(112.5) 

(116.2) 

(112.5) 

(1.6) 

(0.8) 

(1.6) 

(2.4) 

(1.8) 

(0.8) 

(1.8) 

(2.4) 

1

3

3

2

2

3

3

3

3

2

Book value 
2014
£m

Book value 
2013
£m

Fair value 
2014
£m

Fair value 
2013
£m

Fair 
value
level

Trade and other payables in scope of IAS 39

(125.8) 

(121.0) 

(125.8) 

(121.0) 

3

Level 1 fair values are valuation techniques where inputs are quoted prices in active markets for indentical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at  
measurement date.

Level 2 fair values are valuation techniques where all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly, but  
are not derived directly from quoted prices in active markets. Level 3 fair values are valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the  
recorded fair value are not observable. Derivative fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets. The fair values of borrowings have been  
calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. The fair values of preference shares have been calculated using the market  
interest rates. The fair values of cash, trade and other receivables, loans and other receivables and trade and other payables are equivalent to their carrying value.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

103

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
26. Share Capital and Reserves

a) Share Capital

Authorised, issued and fully paid

Number in issue

At 31 March 2012 and 30 March 2013

Share conversions

At 29 March 2014

Proportion of total equity shares at 29 March 2014

Monetary amount

At 31 March 2012 and 30 March 2013

Share conversions

At 29 March 2014

A’ ordinary
shares of
40p each

‘C’ ordinary
shares of
40p each

‘B’ ordinary
shares of
4p each

Total

Number
000s

Number
000s

 Number
000s

 Number
000s

33,424 

 14,657 

 89,052 

137,133 

 64 

(64) 

 – 

 – 

 33,488 

 14,593 

 89,052 

137,133 

24.5%

10.6%

64.9%

100%

 £m

13.3 

 0.1 

 13.4 

 £m

5.9 

(0.1) 

 5.8 

 £m

3.6 

 – 

 3.6 

 £m

 22.8 

 – 

 22.8 

Share capital represents the nominal value proceeds received on the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising 40p and 4p ordinary shares.   
The Company’s preference shares are classified as non-current liabilities in accordance with IFRS (see note 23).

The ordinary shareholders are entitled to be paid a dividend out of any surplus profits and to participate in surplus assets on winding up in proportion to the  
nominal value of each class of share (‘B’ shares have one tenth of the nominal value of ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares).

All equity shares in the Company carry one vote per share, save that shares held in treasury have their voting rights suspended. The ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares have a 40p  
nominal value and the ‘B’ shares have a 4p nominal value so that a ‘B’ share dividend will be paid at 10% of the rate applying to ‘A’ and ‘C’ shares. The ‘A’ shares are  
listed on the London Stock Exchange. The ‘C’ shares carry a right for the holder to convert them to ‘A’ shares by written notice in the 30 day period following the  
half year and preliminary announcements. The ‘B’ shares are not listed and have no conversion rights. In most circumstances the value of a ‘B’ share is deemed to  
be 10% of the value of the listed ‘A’ shares. The Trustee holding shares for participants of the LTIP currently waives dividends for shares held during the initial three  
year period. Dividends are not paid on shares held in treasury.

The Articles include provisions relating to the Company’s ‘B’ and ‘C’ shares which provide that shareholders who wish to transfer their shares may only do so if the  
transfer is to another ‘B’ or ‘C’ shareholder, or if the transfer is to certain of that shareholder’s family members or their executors or administrators or, where shares  
are held by Trustees, to new Trustees, or to the Trustees of any employee share scheme, or if the Company is unable to identify another shareholder of that class  
willing to purchase the shares within the specified period, to any person.

104  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued 
26. Share Capital and Reserves continued
b) Own Shares
Own shares relate to shares held by independently managed employee share ownership trusts (“ESOTs”) together with the Company’s holding of treasury shares.  
Shares are purchased by the ESOTs in order to satisfy potential awards under the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and Share Incentive Scheme (“SIP”). Treasury  
shares are used, inter alia, to satisfy options under the Company’s share options schemes. The LTIP ESOT has waived its rights to dividends on the shares it holds.  
Treasury shares have voting and dividend rights suspended. All own shares held, as below, are excluded from earnings and net assets per share calculations.

Treasury shares

‘A’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

‘A’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

LTIP ESOT

‘B’ ordinary
4p shares
000s

C’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

SIP ESOT

‘A’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

Total

‘A’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

‘B’ ordinary
4p shares
000s

‘C’ ordinary
40p shares
000s

Number

At 31 March 2012

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 30 March 2013

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 29 March 2014

Monetary amount

At 31 March 2012

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 30 March 2013

Shares purchased

Shares transferred

Shares released

At 29 March 2014

 1,199 

411

(260)

(144)

 1,206 

 446 

(167) 

(314) 

 1,171 

£m

 8.0 

 2.9 

(1.7) 

(1.0) 

 8.2 

 4.2 

(1.1) 

(2.2) 

 9.1 

 – 

 – 

 260 

(260)

 – 

 – 

 167 

(167) 

 – 

£m

 – 

 – 

 1.7 

(1.7) 

 – 

 – 

 1.1 

(1.1) 

 – 

 – 

571

 697 

 – 

(575)

 693 

 415 

 – 

(417) 

 691 

£m

 0.3 

 0.5 

 – 

(0.3) 

 0.5 

 0.4 

 – 

(0.4) 

0.5

2

87

 – 

(87)

 2 

 69 

 – 

1,201

 498 

 – 

571

 697 

 – 

(491) 

(575) 

 1,208 

 515 

 – 

–

 5 

 – 

–

 5 

 5 

 – 

 – 

(71) 

(552) 

 10 

 – 

 1,171

£m

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 0.1 

 – 

 – 

 0.1 

£m

 – 

 0.6 

 – 

(0.6) 

 – 

 0.6 

 – 

(0.6) 

 – 

 £m

 8.0 

 3.5 

 – 

(3.3) 

 8.2 

 4.8 

 – 

(3.9) 

 9.1 

 693 

 415 

 – 

(417) 

 691 

 £m

 0.3 

 0.5 

 – 

(0.3) 

 0.5 

 0.4 

 – 

(0.4) 

 0.5 

–

 5 

 – 

 – 

 5 

 5 

 – 

 – 

 10 

 £m

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 0.1 

 – 

 – 

 0.1 

Market value at 29 March 2014

 10.7 

c) Other Capital Reserves

 0.6 

 0.1 

–

 10.7 

 0.6 

 0.1 

Share Premium Account
The balance in the share premium account represents the proceeds received above the nominal value on the issue of the Company’s equity share capital.

Capital Redemption Reserve
The capital redemption reserve balance arises from the buy-back of the Company’s own equity share capital.

Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve contains the effective portion of the cash flow hedge relationships incurred at the Balance Sheet date, net of tax.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

105

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
27. Share Options and Share Schemes
The key points of each of the Group’s share schemes for grants up to 29 March 2014 are summarised below. All schemes are equity-settled. All disclosure relates   
to both Group and Company. For the purposes of option and LTIP schemes, “Adjusted EPS” will normally be consistent with the post-tax earnings per share  
excluding exceptional items as presented in the financial statements. However, the Remuneration Committee are authorised to make appropriate adjustments   
to Adjusted EPS as applied to these schemes.

Savings Related Share Option Scheme (“SAYE”)
This scheme grants options over shares at a discount of 20% on the average market price over the three days immediately prior to the date of offer. Employees  
must save a regular amount each month. Savings are made over three or five years, at the participant’s choice. The right to buy shares at the discounted price lasts  
for six months after the end of the savings contract. There are no performance conditions, other than continued employment.

Senior Executive Share Option Scheme
This is an unapproved Executive Share Option Scheme. If growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in the Retail Price Index (“RPI”) by 9% over the performance  
period of the option, then 40% of the award will vest. Vesting levels are then on a sliding scale, with 100% vesting occurring if growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds  
growth in RPI by more than 21%. The performance period for grants under this scheme is three years. Options must be exercised within seven years of the end   
of the performance period.

Executive Share Option Scheme
This is an approved Executive Share Option Scheme. The options vest if growth in Normalised EPS exceeds the growth in RPI by 9% or more, over the three year  
performance period of the option. The options must then be exercised within seven years after the end of the performance period.

LTIP
This plan awards free shares. Vesting is conditional on growth in Adjusted EPS exceeding growth in RPI by 9% or more over the 3 year initial performance period of  
the award. Vesting levels are on a sliding scale from 40% up to 100% (grants before 2009: 25% to 100%), if growth in Adjusted EPS exceeds growth in RPI by 24%  
(grants before 2009: 21%) or more. An independent firm of advisors verify the vesting level each year. The initial vesting period is three years. After this time the  
shares may be passed to the plan participants, as long as vesting conditions are met.  

SIP
This plan awards free shares. The number of shares awarded, up to a maximum value of £3,000 per person per year, is based on length of service and salary.   
The life of each plan is five years, after which shares are released to participants. There are no performance conditions as in almost all circumstances participants  
can retain the shares awarded (although there may be tax consequences if within five years of the award).  

Share-based payment expense recognised in the year
The expense recognised for share-based payments in respect of employee services received during the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 is £1.8 million   
(2013: £1.9 million). The whole of that expense arises from equity settled share-based payment transactions.

Movements in the year
The following tables illustrate the number and weighted average exercise prices (“WAEP”) of, and movements in, each category of share instrument during the year.  

Market value
The market value of the shares at 29 March 2014 was £9.10 (2013: £8.20).

A) SAYE

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options outstanding at the year end

Weighted average share price for options granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

2014
Number
000s

 498 

 102 

(46) 

(163) 

 391 

 – 

£9.46

2.54 years

£9.43

£1.97

£3.88

£7.24

2014
WAEP

£4.69

£7.24

£5.24

£3.97

£5.63

n/a

2013
Number
000s

 543 

 102 

2013
WAEP

£4.45

£5.63

(35) 

£5.03

(112) 

£4.35

 498 

£4.69

 – 

n/a

£7.18

2.14 years

£7.23

£1.74

£3.31

£5.63

106  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued27. Share Options and Share Schemes continued
Outstanding share options granted to employees under the Saving Related Share Option Scheme are as follows:

Exercisable at

September 2013

September 2013

September 2014

September 2014

September 2015

September 2015

September 2016

September 2016

September 2017

September 2018

B) Share Option Schemes

Senior Executive Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

Number of ‘A’
 ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2014
000’s

Number of ‘A’
 ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2013
000’s

Exercise price
40p shares
£

3.31

4.64

3.88

5.47

4.64

5.63

5.47

7.24

5.63

7.24

2014
WAEP

£5.67

£9.10

£6.46

£4.92

£6.56

£5.12

 – 

 – 

 48 

 78 

 58 

 63 

 27 

 66 

 22 

 32 

 96 

 64 

 57 

 90 

 65 

 71 

 31 

 – 

 24 

 – 

394 

 498 

2013
Number
000s

 167 

 35 

 – 

 – 

 202 

 100 

n/a

2013
WAEP

£5.38

£7.05

–

–

£5.67

£4.66

2014
Number
000s

 202 

 20 

(29) 

(78) 

 115 

 51 

£9.17

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options outstanding at the year end

6.71 years

6.50 years

Weighted average share price for options granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

£8.98

£1.07

£4.05

£9.10

£7.06

£1.25

£3.67

£7.51

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

107

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
27. Share Options and Share Schemes continued

Executive Share Option Scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for options exercised in the year

2014
Number
000s

 185 

 44 

 – 

(67) 

 162 

 37 

£9.18

2014
WAEP

£5.58

£9.10

 – 

£4.98

£7.39

£6.02

2013
Number
000s

 185 

 42 

(10) 

(32) 

 185 

 72 

£7.38

2013
WAEP

£5.56

£7.05

£7.37

£3.04

£5.58

£5.47

Weighted average contractual life remaining for share options outstanding at the year end

7.50 years

7.80 years

Weighted average share price for options granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year

Range of exercise prices for options outstanding at the year end

– from

– to

£8.98

£0.92

£4.05

£9.10

£7.06

£1.12

£2.62

£7.51

Outstanding options which are capable of being exercised between three and ten years from date of issue and their exercise prices are shown in the table below:

Exercisable in/between

2007 and 2014

2008 and 2015

2009 and 2016

2010 and 2017 

2011 and 2018

2012 and 2019

2013 and 2020

2013 and 2020

2014 and 2021

2015 and 2022

2016 and 2023

Senior Executive Scheme

Executive Approved Scheme

 Number of
‘A’ ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2014
000s

 Number of
‘A’ ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2013
000s

 Exercise price
40p shares
£

 Number of
‘A’ ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2014
000s

 Number of
‘A’ ordinary
 shares
under
 option
2013
000s

 Exercise price 
40p shares
£

 – 

 3.67 

 4.98 

 7.51 

 4.05 

 4.80 

 5.78 

 6.30 

 7.09 

 7.05 

 9.10 

 – 

 – 

 2 

 4 

 12 

 19 

 12 

 1 

 21 

 24 

 20 

 – 

 21 

 12 

 10 

 25 

 31 

 32 

 4 

 32 

 35 

 – 

 2.62 

 3.67 

 4.98 

 7.51 

 4.05 

 4.80 

 5.78 

 – 

 7.09 

 7.05 

 9.10 

 – 

 – 

 3 

 12 

 4 

 3 

 15 

 – 

 39 

 42 

 44 

 10 

 – 

 6 

 29 

 14 

 14 

 35 

 – 

 35 

 42 

 – 

115

202

 162 

 185

108  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued27. Share Options and Share Schemes continued

C) LTIP

Shares

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted 

Lapsed

Vested 

A shares issued in lieu of B shares

Outstanding at the end of the year

2014
‘A’ shares
Number
000s

 694 

 155 

(204) 

(167) 

 – 

2014
‘B’ shares
Number
000s

 1,733 

 388 

(509) 

(417) 

 – 

2013
‘A’ shares
Number
000s

 718 

 249 

(19) 

(260) 

 6 

2013
‘B’ shares
Number
000s

 1,795 

 622 

(48) 

(575) 

(61) 

 478 

 1,195 

 694 

 1,733 

Weighted average share price for shares vested in the year

£9.23

£0.92

£7.06

£0.71

For shares outstanding at the year end, the weighted average contractual life remaining is

1.28 years

1.28 years 1.32 years 1.32 years

Weighted average share price for shares granted in the year

Weighted average fair value of shares granted during the year

£8.98

£8.38

£0.94

£0.84

£7.05

£6.62

£0.71

£0.66

All LTIPs have an vesting price of £nil. LTIP shares do not receive dividends until vested.

D) SIP

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted

Lapsed

Released

Outstanding at the end of the year

Weighted average share price for shares released in the year

For shares outstanding at the year end, the weighted average contractual life remaining is

Weighted average share price for shares granted during the year

Weighted average fair value of shares granted during the year

2014
Number
000’s

2013
Number
000’s

369 

 355 

71 

(1) 

(117) 

322 

 88 

(1) 

(73) 

 369 

£9.31

£7.40

2.85 years 2.83 years

£9.60

£9.17

£7.54

£7.54

Outstanding SIP shares represent shares allocated and held by the SIP Trustees on behalf of employees, which remain in the trust for between three and five years.  
All SIPs have an vesting price of £nil. SIP shares receive dividends once allocated.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

109

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
27. Share Options and Share Schemes continued

E) Fair value of grants

(i) Equity-Settled Options and LTIPs
The fair value of equity-settled share options granted is estimated as at the date of grant, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the awards were  
granted. The following table lists the inputs to the model used for the 52 weeks ended 29 March 2014 and 52 weeks ended 30 March 2013, except exercise price  
and for the weighted average share price for grants in the year, which are disclosed in sections A to D above.

Fair value inputs

Dividend yield (%)

Expected share price volatility (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of option/award (years)

Model used

LTIP scheme

Save As You Earn scheme

Executive and Senior  
Executive option schemes

2014

1.6%

n/a

2013

1.8%

n/a

0.7%

0.3%

3 years

3 years

Black 
Scholes

Black 
Scholes

2014

1.6%

17%

0.9 to
1.6%

3 to 
5 years

Black 
Scholes

2013

1.8%

25%

0.2 to
0.6%

3 to 
5 years

Black 
Scholes

2014

1.6%

17%

1.1 to
1.4%

4 to 
5 years

Black 
Scholes

2013

1.8%

25%

0.5 to
0.7%

4 to 
5 years

Black 
Scholes

The expected life of the options/shares is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility  
reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome. No other features of  
options grant were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

(ii) SIPs Granted
The fair value of SIPs is the share price at the date of allocation. The value of SIPs awarded is a fixed rate based on the Group’s performance in the preceding  
financial year. The number of shares awarded is therefore dependent on the share price at the date of the award.  

110  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continued28. Guarantees and commitments

a) Operating Lease Commitments

Operating leases where the Group is the lessee
Future minimum rentals payable under non-cancellable operating leases are due as follows:

Group and Company

Within one year

Between one year and five years

After five years

2014
£m

8.0

26.2

39.8

74.0

2013
£m

 8.2 

25.3 

 39.5 

 73.0 

Commercial operating leases are typically for 20 to 25 years, although certain leases have lease periods extending up to 40 years.

Operating leases where the Group is the lessor
The Group earns rental income from two sources. Licenced property included within property, plant and equipment is rented under agreements where lessees  
must also purchase goods from the Group. Additionally there are a smaller number of agreements in respect of investment properties where there is no  
requirement for the lessee to purchase goods.

Investment properties are let to third parties on leases that have remaining terms of between 1 and 10 years.

At 29 March 2014 future minimum rentals receivable by the Group are as follows:

Group and Company

Within one year

Between one year and five years

After five years

Investment properties

Other property,  
plant & equipment

2014
£m

0.4

0.7

0.4

1.5

2013
£m

0.4

0.5

0.2

 1.1 

2014
£m

 7.7 

16.7

8.8

33.2

2013
£m

7.8

17.9

11.7

 37.4 

The Group’s commercial leases on property are principally for licensed outlets. The terms of the leases are normally for either three, five or ten years with the  
maximum being 30 years. The agreements allow for annual inflationary increases and full rental reviews occur on renewal of the lease, or every five years for a ten  
year lease.

At 29 March 2014 future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable sub-leases included in the figures above were £5.2 million (2013: £5.6 million).

b) Other Commitments

Group and Company

Capital commitments – authorised, contracted but not provided for

2014
£m

3.9 

2013
£m

2.0

The Company has accepted various duty deferment bonds in connection with HM Revenue & Customs. The total outstanding commitment at 29 March 2014  
was £720,000 (2013: £720,000) for the Group and Company.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

111

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
29. Related Party Transactions

Group and Company
During the current and prior years the Company provided various administrative services to the Fuller, Smith & Turner Pension Plan free of charge. In addition, the  
Company settled costs totalling £170,000 (2013: £145,000) relating to the provision of actuarial, consulting and administrative services by third parties to the Fuller,  
Smith & Turner Pension Plan.

Compensation of key management personnel (including Directors)

Short term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Company Only
During the year the Company entered into the following related party transactions:

52 weeks ended 29 March 2014

Subsidiaries

52 weeks ended 30 March 2013

Subsidiaries

52 weeks
 ended
29 March
2014
£m

52 weeks
 ended
30 March
2013
£m

4.9

0.5

1.5

6.9

 4.0 

 0.4 

 1.2 

 5.6 

Sales to
 related
parties
£m

Purchases
 from
related
 parties
£m

Interest paid
to related
parties
£m

Amounts
 owed to
related
 parties
£m

 – 

42.9

3.2

(94.5) 

Sales to
 related
parties
£m

Purchases
 from
related
 parties
£m

Interest paid
to related
 parties
£m

Amounts
 owed to
related
 parties
£m

 – 

 40.0 

 3.1 

(92.3) 

Interest is payable on the majority of the amounts due to subsidiaries at 3% above the Bank of England base rate. All amounts outstanding are unsecured and  
repayable on demand.

Subsidiaries of parent companies established within the European Economic Area are excempt from an audit if a guarantee is provided by the parent for the  
subsidiary liabilities and the shareholders are in unanimous agreement. The Group will be exempting the following companies from an audit in 2014 for the period  
ending 29 March 2014 under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006, all of which are fully consolidated in these financial statements:

Griffin Catering Services Ltd 
Jacomb Guinness Ltd 
George Gale & Co. Ltd 
45 Woodfield Ltd 
Cornish Orchards Ltd 

01577632 
02934979 
00026330  
04279254 
04871687

The Group will be exempting the following companies from the preparation and delivering of accounts to Companies House under section 394A of the  
Companies Act 2006, all of which are fully consolidated in these financial statements:

Griffin Inns Ltd 
Ringwoods Ltd 
F.S.T Trustee Ltd 
Fuller, Smith & Turner Estate Ltd 

00495934 
00178536 
03163480 
01831674 

30. Post balance sheet events

Since 29 March 2014 the Group has exchanged on the purchase of two new licensed property sites and completed on the purchase of one further site; the total  
value of these transactions is expected to be £9.5 million.

112  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Notes to the Financial Statements continuedDirectors and Advisers
as at 5 June 2014

Directors
Michael Turner, FCA, Chairman*
Simon Emeny, Chief Executive
James Douglas, ACA
Richard Fuller
Ian Bray
Jonathon Swaine
John Dunsmore*
Sir James Fuller*
Lynn Fordham, CA*
Alastair Kerr*
*Non-Executive.

President
Anthony Fuller, CBE
Chairman from 1982-2007, Anthony Fuller retired from the Board in 2010 after a long career with Fuller’s and continues as President.

Secretary and Registered Office
Marie Gracie, FCIS
Griffin Brewery
Chiswick Lane South
Chiswick
London W4 2QB
Tel: 020 8996 2105
Registered Number 241882

Auditors
Grant Thornton UK LLP
Grant Thornton House
Melton Street
NW1 2EP

Stockbrokers
Numis Securities Limited
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ
Tel: 0870 889 4096
Please note you can now advise
Computershare of changes to your address
or set up a dividend mandate online at
www.computershare.com/investor/uk

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

113

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Shareholder Information

2014 Diary

Friday, 27 June
Record Date

Tuesday, 1 July
Preference dividends paid

11 a.m. Thursday, 24 July
Annual General Meeting
Hock Cellar, Griffin Brewery

Monday, 28 July
Final dividend paid

Friday, 21 November
Half year results announcement

2015 Diary

January
Preference dividends paid
Interim dividend paid

June
Preliminary results announcement

Shareholder Privileges
Shareholders holding more than 250 ‘A’ or ‘C’ shares or 2,500 ‘B’ shares can buy beer, wine and spirits from the Brewery Store in Chiswick at preferential prices.  
These shareholders are also entitled to certain discounts in Fuller’s Hotels. For details contact Company Secretariat on 020 8996 2105.

Redesignation of ‘C’ Shares
‘C’ ordinary shares can be redesignated as ‘A’ ordinary shares within 30 days of the preliminary and half year announcements by sending in your certificates and   
a written instruction to redesignate prior or during the period to the Company’s Registrars:
Computershare Investor Services PLC
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

ShareGift
The Orr Mackintosh Foundation operates a charity share donation scheme for shareholders with small parcels of shares whose value makes it uneconomic   
to sell them. If you have a small number of shares and would like to donate them to charity, details of the scheme can be found on the ShareGift website   
www.sharegift.org, or by contacting the Company Secretariat on 020 8996 2105.

114  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Glossary

• Adjusted earnings per share – this is earnings per share, adjusted for exceptional items. The Directors believe that this measure provides useful information for  

shareholders as to the internal measures of the performance of the Group.  

• Adjusted profits – this is profit before tax, adjusted for exceptional items.

• Beer and cider volumes – this is the volume of beer and cider sold, in number of barrels; a brewing term representing 288 pints.

• EBITDA – this is the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, loss on disposal of plant and equipment and amortisation, adjusted for exceptional items.

• Foreign Beer – this is sales made by the Company of beer produced by other brewers, the majority of which is lager.

• Managed Pubs and Hotels invested like for like sales growth – this is the sales growth calculated to exclude those pubs which have not been trading  

throughout the two years for the corresponding period in both years. The principal exclusions from this measure are: pubs purchased or sold in the last twelve  
months; sites which are closed; and pubs which are transferred to tenancy.

• Wet, food and accommodation like for like sales growth – this is measured on the same basis as “Managed Pubs and Hotels invested like for like sales growth”.

• Like for like barrels sold – this is measured on the same basis as “Tenanted like for like profit growth”.

• LTIP – Long Term Incentive Plan.

• Market capitalisation – only the Company’s 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares are listed. The Company calculates its market capitalisation as the sum total of all classes   

of ordinary shares; i.e. listed 40p ‘A’ ordinary shares, unlisted 4p ‘B’ ordinary shares and unlisted 40p ‘C’ ordinary shares plus all potentially awardable share options  
and LTIP awards less any shares held in treasury. For the purposes of the calculation of market capitalisation a 4p ‘B’ ordinary share is treated as having 10% of the  
market value of a quoted 40p ‘A’ ordinary share and a 40p ‘C’ ordinary share is treated as having an equivalent value to a 40p ‘A’ ordinary share.  

• Net debt – this comprises cash, bank loans, other loans, debenture stock and preference shares.

• Own beer and cider – this is sales of own brand beer and cider brewed by the Company in Chiswick and Cornwall.

• SIP – Share Incentive Plan.

• Tenanted like for like profit growth – this is the profits growth of Tenanted Inns calculated to exclude from both years those pubs which have not been trading  
throughout the two years. The principal exclusions from this measure are: pubs purchased or sold; pubs which have closed; and pubs transferred to or from our  
Managed business. Bad debt expense is included but head office costs are excluded.

• Total annual dividend – the total annual dividend for a financial year comprises interim dividends paid during the financial year and the final dividend proposed  

for approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting after the completion of the financial year.

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

115

OverviewGovernanceFinancial StatementsStrategic Report 
Shareholder Notes

116  Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

Five Years’ Progress

Income Statement

Revenue

Operating profit before exceptional items

Net finance costs*

Adjusted profit*

Exceptional items*

Profit before tax*

Taxation*

Profit attributable to equity shareholders of the Parent Company*

EBITDA 

Assets employed

Non-current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Assets classified as held for sale

Cash and short term deposits

Current borrowings

Other current liabilities

Non-current borrowings

Other non-current liabilities

Net assets

Per 40p ‘A’ ordinary share

Adjusted earnings

Basic earnings

2014
£m

Restated*
2013
£m

Restated*
2012
£m

Restated*
2011
£m

Restated*
2010
£m

288.0 

271.5 

253.0 

241.9 

227.7 

39.9 

(5.8)

34.1 

(0.6)

33.5 

(4.4)

29.1

54.5

37.0 

(5.9)

31.1 

2.6 

33.7 

(5.6)

28.1 

51.2 

34.9 

(4.9)

30.0 

(1.9)

28.1 

(4.9)

23.2 

47.8 

34.1 

(4.7)

29.4 

1.0 

30.4 

(6.0)

24.4 

46.6 

32.0 

(4.5)

27.5 

(0.4)

27.1 

(7.7)

19.4 

43.6 

481.3 

455.6 

444.1 

382.7 

387.9 

10.6 

18.3 

1.2 

4.1 

10.1 

18.3 

0.6 

4.3 

10.5 

18.3 

5.3 

3.9 

8.8 

18.8 

0.2 

3.7 

7.6 

15.6 

0.6 

1.1 

515.5 

488.9 

482.1 

414.2 

412.8 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(51.2)

(45.7)

(51.6)

(43.6)

(81.4)

(44.5)

464.3

443.2 

430.5 

370.6 

286.9 

(143.9)

(139.9)

(142.1)

(43.2)

(43.9)

(53.1)

(92.2)

(42.2)

(27.4)

(52.3)

277.2

259.4

235.3

236.2

207.2

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

46.94p

42.18p

39.47p

37.54p

35.27p

52.14p

50.43p

41.24p

43.41p

34.73p

Dividends (interim and proposed final)

15.10p

13.70p

12.65p

11.80p

11.00p

Net assets

Net debt (£ million)

Net debt/EBITDA1

Gross capital expenditure (£ million)

Average number of employees

*Comparatives have been restated for changes to IAS 19, see note 1.

1Net debt/EBITDA is adjusted as appropriate for the pubs acquired in the period.

£4.98 

£4.65 

£4.22 

£4.19 

£3.68 

(139.8)

(135.6)

(138.2)

(88.5)

(107.7)

2.5 

38.1

2.6 

31.1 

2.7 

76.3 

1.9 

12.0 

2.5 

44.1 

3,610 

3,477 

3,392 

3,363 

3,263 

Designed and produced by Luminous
www.luminous.co.uk

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C. Annual Report 2014 

117

 
F

u

l

l

e

r

S

m

i

t

h

&

T

u

r

n

e

r

P.

L

.

C

.

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

1

4

Fuller Smith & Turner P.L.C.
Griffin Brewery, Chiswick Lane South, Chiswick, 
London, W4 2QB
Telephone: +44 (0)20 8996 2000
Fax: +44 (0)20 8995 0230
E-mail: Fullers@fullers.co.uk
Registered number: 241882